1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
46 #include <algorithm>
47 #include <cstring>
48 #include <functional>
49 using namespace clang;
50 using namespace sema;
51 
52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
53   if (OwnedType) {
54     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
55     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
56   }
57 
58   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
59 }
60 
61 namespace {
62 
63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
64  public:
65   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
66                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
67       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
68         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
69     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
70     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
71     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
72   }
73 
74   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
75     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
76       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
77       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
78       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
79              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
80     }
81     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
82   }
83 
84  private:
85   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
86   bool WantClassName;
87   bool AllowClassTemplates;
88 };
89 
90 }
91 
92 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
93 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
94   switch (Kind) {
95   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
96   // token kind is a valid type specifier
97   case tok::kw_short:
98   case tok::kw_long:
99   case tok::kw___int64:
100   case tok::kw___int128:
101   case tok::kw_signed:
102   case tok::kw_unsigned:
103   case tok::kw_void:
104   case tok::kw_char:
105   case tok::kw_int:
106   case tok::kw_half:
107   case tok::kw_float:
108   case tok::kw_double:
109   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
110   case tok::kw_bool:
111   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
112     return true;
113 
114   case tok::annot_typename:
115   case tok::kw_char16_t:
116   case tok::kw_char32_t:
117   case tok::kw_typeof:
118   case tok::annot_decltype:
119   case tok::kw_decltype:
120     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
121 
122   default:
123     break;
124   }
125 
126   return false;
127 }
128 
129 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
130 /// return the declaration of that type.
131 ///
132 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
133 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
134 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
135 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
136 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
137 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
138                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
139                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
140                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
141                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
142                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
143                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
144   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
145   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
146   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
147     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
148     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
149       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
150   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
151     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
152 
153     if (!LookupCtx) {
154       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
155         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
156         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
157         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
158         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
159         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
160         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
161         //
162         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
163         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
164         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
165           return ParsedType();
166 
167         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
168         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
169         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
170           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
171 
172         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
173         QualType T =
174           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
175                             II, NameLoc);
176 
177           return ParsedType::make(T);
178       }
179 
180       return ParsedType();
181     }
182 
183     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
184         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
185       return ParsedType();
186   }
187 
188   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
189   // lookup for class-names.
190   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
191                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
192   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
193   if (LookupCtx) {
194     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
195     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
196     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
197     // nested-name-specifier.
198     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
199 
200     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
201       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
202       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
203       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
204       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
205       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
206       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
207       LookupName(Result, S);
208     }
209   } else {
210     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
211     LookupName(Result, S);
212   }
213 
214   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
215   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
216   case LookupResult::NotFound:
217   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
218     if (CorrectedII) {
219       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
220       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
221                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator,
222                                               CTK_ErrorRecovery);
223       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
224       TemplateTy Template;
225       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
226       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
227       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
228       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
229       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
230       if (SS && NNS) {
231         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
232         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
233       }
234       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
235           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
236           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
237           // is handled elsewhere).
238           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
239             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
240                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
241         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
242                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
243                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
244                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
245         if (Ty) {
246           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
247                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
248                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
249           if (SS && NNS)
250             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
251           *CorrectedII = NewII;
252           return Ty;
253         }
254       }
255     }
256     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
257   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
258   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
259     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
260     return ParsedType();
261 
262   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
263     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
264     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
265     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
266     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
267     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
268     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
269       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
270       return ParsedType();
271     }
272 
273     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
274     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
275          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
276       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
277         if (!IIDecl ||
278             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
279               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
280           IIDecl = *Res;
281       }
282     }
283 
284     if (!IIDecl) {
285       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
286       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
287       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
288       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
289       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
290       // a type name.
291       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
292       return ParsedType();
293     }
294 
295     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
296     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
297     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
298     // perform the name lookup again.
299     break;
300 
301   case LookupResult::Found:
302     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
303     break;
304   }
305 
306   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
307 
308   QualType T;
309   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
310     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
311 
312     if (T.isNull())
313       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
314 
315     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
316     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
317     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
318     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
319       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
320         // Construct a type with type-source information.
321         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
322         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
323 
324         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
325         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
326         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
327         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
328         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
329       } else {
330         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
331       }
332     }
333   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
334     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
335     if (!HasTrailingDot)
336       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
337   }
338 
339   if (T.isNull()) {
340     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
341     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
342     return ParsedType();
343   }
344   return ParsedType::make(T);
345 }
346 
347 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
348 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
349 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
350 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
351 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
352 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
353   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
354   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
355   LookupName(R, S, false);
356   R.suppressDiagnostics();
357   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
358     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
359       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
360       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
361       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
362       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
363       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
364       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
365       }
366     }
367 
368   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
369 }
370 
371 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
372 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
373 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
374 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
375 /// @code
376 /// template<class T> class A {
377 /// public:
378 ///   typedef int TYPE;
379 /// };
380 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
381 /// public:
382 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
383 /// };
384 /// @endcode
385 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
386   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
387     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
388 
389     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
390     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
391       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
392         return true;
393     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
394   }
395   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
396 }
397 
398 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
399                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
400                                    Scope *S,
401                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
402                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
403                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
404   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
405   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
406 
407   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
408   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
409   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
410   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
411                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
412                                              Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
413     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
414       // We corrected to a keyword.
415       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
416       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
417     } else {
418       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
419       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
420         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
421                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
422       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
423         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
424         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
425                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
426         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
427                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
428                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
429       } else {
430         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
431       }
432 
433       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
434       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
435         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
436                           SourceRange(IILoc));
437       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
438                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
439                                   false, ParsedType(),
440                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
441                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
442     }
443     return true;
444   }
445 
446   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
447     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
448     UnqualifiedId Name;
449     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
450     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
451     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
452     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
453     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
454                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
455                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
456       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
457       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
458       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
459         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
460           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
461       }
462       return true;
463     }
464   }
465 
466   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
467   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
468 
469   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
470     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
471   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
472     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
473       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
474   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
475     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
476     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
477       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
478 
479     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
480       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
481       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
482       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
483     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
484                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
485   } else {
486     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
487            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
488   }
489 
490   return true;
491 }
492 
493 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
494 /// or
495 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
496   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
497                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
498 
499   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
500     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
501       return true;
502 
503     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
504       return true;
505   }
506 
507   return false;
508 }
509 
510 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
511                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
512                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
513                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
514   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
515   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
516   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
517     const char *TagName = 0;
518     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
519     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
520       case TTK_Class:
521         TagName = "class";
522         FixItTagName = "class ";
523         break;
524 
525       case TTK_Enum:
526         TagName = "enum";
527         FixItTagName = "enum ";
528         break;
529 
530       case TTK_Struct:
531         TagName = "struct";
532         FixItTagName = "struct ";
533         break;
534 
535       case TTK_Interface:
536         TagName = "__interface";
537         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
538         break;
539 
540       case TTK_Union:
541         TagName = "union";
542         FixItTagName = "union ";
543         break;
544     }
545 
546     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
547       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
548       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
549 
550     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
551          I != IEnd; ++I)
552       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
553         << Name << TagName;
554 
555     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
556     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
557     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
558     return true;
559   }
560 
561   return false;
562 }
563 
564 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
565 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
566                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
567   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
568 
569   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
570   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
571 
572   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
573   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
574   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
575   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
576   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
577 }
578 
579 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
580                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
581                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
582                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
583                                             const Token &NextToken,
584                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
585                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
586   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
587   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
588 
589   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
590     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
591                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
592   }
593 
594   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
595   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
596 
597   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
598   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
599   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
600   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
601   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
602     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
603     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
604       return E;
605   }
606 
607   bool SecondTry = false;
608   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
609 
610 Corrected:
611   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
612   case LookupResult::NotFound:
613     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
614     // call.
615     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
616       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
617       // FIXME: Reference?
618       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
619         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
620 
621       // C90 6.3.2.2:
622       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
623       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
624       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
625       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
626       //   the function call, the declaration
627       //
628       //     extern int identifier ();
629       //
630       //   appeared.
631       //
632       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
633       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
634         Result.addDecl(D);
635         Result.resolveKind();
636         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
637       }
638     }
639 
640     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
641     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
642     // "struct", or "union".
643     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
644         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
645       break;
646     }
647 
648     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
649     // close to this name.
650     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
651       SecondTry = true;
652       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
653                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
654                                                  &SS, *CCC,
655                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
656         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
657         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
658 
659         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
660         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
661           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
662         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
663             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
664           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
665           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
666         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
667                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
668                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
669                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
670           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
671           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
672         }
673 
674         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
675           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
676         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
677           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
678           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
679                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
680           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
681                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
682                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
683         }
684 
685         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
686         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
687 
688         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
689         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
690           return Name;
691 
692         // Also update the LookupResult...
693         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
694         Result.clear();
695         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
696         if (FirstDecl)
697           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
698 
699         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
700         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
701         // reference the ivar.
702         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
703         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
704           Result.clear();
705           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
706           return E;
707         }
708 
709         goto Corrected;
710       }
711     }
712 
713     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
714     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
715     return NameClassification::Unknown();
716 
717   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
718     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
719     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
720     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
721 
722     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
723     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
724     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
725     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
726     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
727     //
728     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
729     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
730     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
731     // keyword here.
732     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
733                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
734                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
735   }
736 
737   case LookupResult::Found:
738   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
739   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
740     break;
741 
742   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
743     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
744         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
745       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
746       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
747       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
748       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
749       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
750       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
751       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
752       //   ambiguous.
753       //
754       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
755       // so try again after filtering out template names.
756       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
757       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
758         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
759         break;
760       }
761     }
762 
763     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
764     return NameClassification::Error();
765   }
766 
767   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
768       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
769     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
770     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
771     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
772     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
773     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
774     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
775     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
776       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
777 
778     if (!Result.empty()) {
779       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
780       bool IsVarTemplate;
781       TemplateName Template;
782       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
783         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
784         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
785                                                      Result.end());
786       } else {
787         TemplateDecl *TD
788           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
789         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
790         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
791 
792         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
793           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
794                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
795                                                       TD);
796         else
797           Template = TemplateName(TD);
798       }
799 
800       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
801         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
802         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
803         // to based on which function we selected.
804         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
805 
806         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
807       }
808 
809       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
810                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
811     }
812   }
813 
814   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
815   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
816     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
817     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
818     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
819       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
820     return ParsedType::make(T);
821   }
822 
823   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
824   if (!Class) {
825     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
826     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
827                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
828       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
829   }
830 
831   if (Class) {
832     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
833 
834     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
835       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
836       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
837       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
838       return NameClassification::Unknown();
839     }
840 
841     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
842     return ParsedType::make(T);
843   }
844 
845   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
846   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
847     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
848         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
849 
850   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
851   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
852   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
853   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
854        (NextIsOp &&
855         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
856       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
857     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
858     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
859     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
860     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
861       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
862     return ParsedType::make(T);
863   }
864 
865   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
866     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
867 
868   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
869   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
870 }
871 
872 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
873 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
874 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
875 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
876 
877   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
878   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
879   // the context we'll need to return to.
880   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
881   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
882   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
883   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
884   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
885   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
886   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
887   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
888   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
889   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
890     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
891 
892     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
893     // lexical context.
894     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
895       return DC;
896 
897     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
898     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
899     // class is the context we need to return to.
900     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
901       DC = RD;
902 
903     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
904     // declared in.
905     return DC;
906   }
907 
908   return DC->getLexicalParent();
909 }
910 
911 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
912   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
913       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
914   CurContext = DC;
915   S->setEntity(DC);
916 }
917 
918 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
919   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
920 
921   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
922   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
923 }
924 
925 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
926 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
927 ///
928 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
929   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
930   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
931   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
932   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
933   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
934   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
935   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
936   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
937   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
938   //   namespace.
939   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
940   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
941   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
942   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
943   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
944 
945   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
946 
947 #ifndef NDEBUG
948   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
949   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
950   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
951 #endif
952 
953   CurContext = DC;
954   S->setEntity(DC);
955 }
956 
957 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
958   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
959 
960   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
961   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
962   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
963   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
964   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
965 
966   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
967   // disappear.
968 }
969 
970 
971 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
972   // We assume that the caller has already called
973   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
974   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
975   if (!FD)
976     return;
977 
978   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
979   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
980   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
981     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
982   CurContext = FD;
983   S->setEntity(CurContext);
984 
985   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
986     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
987     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
988     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
989       S->AddDecl(Param);
990       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
991     }
992   }
993 }
994 
995 
996 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
997   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
998   // rather than the top-level class.
999   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1000   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1001   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1002 }
1003 
1004 
1005 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1006 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1007 ///
1008 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1009 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1010 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1011 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1012 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1013 /// attribute.
1014 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1015                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1016   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1017     return true;
1018 
1019   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1020     return true;
1021 
1022   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1023           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1024 }
1025 
1026 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1027 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1028   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1029   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1030   // scope.
1031   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1032     S = S->getParent();
1033 
1034   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1035   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1036   // into any context.
1037   if (AddToContext)
1038     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1039 
1040   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1041   // are function-local declarations.
1042   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1043       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1044         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1045       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1046     return;
1047 
1048   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1049   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1050       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1051     return;
1052 
1053   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1054   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1055                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1056   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1057     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1058       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1059       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1060 
1061       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1062       break;
1063     }
1064   }
1065 
1066   S->AddDecl(D);
1067 
1068   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1069     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1070     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1071     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1072     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1073       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1074       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1075         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1076           continue;
1077       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1078         break;
1079     }
1080 
1081     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1082   } else {
1083     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1084   }
1085 }
1086 
1087 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1088   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1089     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1090 }
1091 
1092 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1093                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1094   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1095 }
1096 
1097 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1098   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1099   do {
1100     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1101       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1102         return S;
1103   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1104 
1105   return 0;
1106 }
1107 
1108 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1109                                             DeclContext*,
1110                                             ASTContext&);
1111 
1112 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1113 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1114 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1115                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1116                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1117   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1118   while (F.hasNext()) {
1119     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1120 
1121     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1122       continue;
1123 
1124     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1125       continue;
1126 
1127     F.erase();
1128   }
1129 
1130   F.done();
1131 }
1132 
1133 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1134   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1135          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1136          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1137 }
1138 
1139 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1140 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1141   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1142   while (F.hasNext())
1143     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1144       F.erase();
1145 
1146   F.done();
1147 }
1148 
1149 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1150 /// @code
1151 /// class S {
1152 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1153 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1154 /// };
1155 /// @endcode
1156 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1157   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1158   // the decl here.
1159   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1160     return false;
1161 
1162   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1163     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1164   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1165     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1166   return false;
1167 }
1168 
1169 // We need this to handle
1170 //
1171 // typedef struct {
1172 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1173 // } A;
1174 //
1175 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1176 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1177 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1178 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1179 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1180 // not.
1181 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1182   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1183   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1184     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1185       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1186         return true;
1187     }
1188     DC = DC->getParent();
1189   }
1190 
1191   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1192 }
1193 
1194 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1195 // these semantics.
1196 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1197   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1198     return false;
1199   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1200 }
1201 
1202 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1203   assert(D);
1204 
1205   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1206     return false;
1207 
1208   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1209   // of members of class templates.
1210   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1211       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1212     return false;
1213 
1214   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1215     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1216       return false;
1217 
1218     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1219       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1220         return false;
1221     } else {
1222       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1223       if (FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1224           !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1225         return false;
1226     }
1227 
1228     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1229         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1230       return false;
1231   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1232     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1233     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1234     // like "inline".)
1235     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1236       return false;
1237 
1238     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1239       return false;
1240 
1241     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1242         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1243       return false;
1244   } else {
1245     return false;
1246   }
1247 
1248   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1249   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1250 }
1251 
1252 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1253   if (!D)
1254     return;
1255 
1256   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1257     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1258     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1259       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1260   }
1261 
1262   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1263     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1264     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1265       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1266   }
1267 
1268   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1269     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1270 }
1271 
1272 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1273   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1274     return false;
1275 
1276   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1277       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1278     return false;
1279 
1280   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1281     return true;
1282 
1283   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1284   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1285       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1286     return false;
1287 
1288   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1289   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1290 
1291     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1292     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1293 
1294     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1295     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1296       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1297         return false;
1298     }
1299 
1300     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1301     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1302     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1303       return false;
1304 
1305     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1306       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1307       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1308         return false;
1309 
1310       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1311         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1312           return false;
1313 
1314         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1315           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1316             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1317           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1318             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1319           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1320             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1321             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1322               return false;
1323           }
1324         }
1325       }
1326     }
1327 
1328     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1329   }
1330 
1331   return true;
1332 }
1333 
1334 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1335                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1336   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1337     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1338                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1339     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1340       return;
1341     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1342                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1343   }
1344   return;
1345 }
1346 
1347 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1348 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1349 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1350   FixItHint Hint;
1351   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1352     return;
1353 
1354   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1355 
1356   unsigned DiagID;
1357   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1358     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1359   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1360     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1361   else
1362     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1363 
1364   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1365 }
1366 
1367 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1368   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1369   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1370   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1371   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1372     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1373 }
1374 
1375 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1376   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1377   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1378          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1379 
1380   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1381     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1382 
1383     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1384     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1385 
1386     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1387 
1388     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1389     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1390       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1391 
1392     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1393     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1394       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1395 
1396     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1397     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1398   }
1399 }
1400 
1401 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1402 ///
1403 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1404 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1405 /// to the fixed name.
1406 ///
1407 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1408 ///
1409 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1410 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1411 ///
1412 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1413 /// class could not be found.
1414 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1415                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1416                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1417   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1418   // creation from this context.
1419   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1420 
1421   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1422     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1423     // find an Objective-C class name.
1424     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1425     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1426                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1427                                        Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1428       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1429       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1430       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1431     }
1432   }
1433   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1434   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1435   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1436       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1437   return Def;
1438 }
1439 
1440 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1441 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1442 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1443 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1444 /// ill-formed in C++:
1445 /// @code
1446 /// struct S6 {
1447 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1448 /// };
1449 ///
1450 /// void test_S6() {
1451 ///   struct S6 a;
1452 ///   a.e = BAR;
1453 /// }
1454 /// @endcode
1455 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1456 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1457 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1458 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1459 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1460 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1461 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1462 /// contain non-field names.
1463 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1464   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1465          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1466          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1467     S = S->getParent();
1468   return S;
1469 }
1470 
1471 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1472 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1473 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1474 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1475 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1476                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1477   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1478     return;
1479   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1480 
1481   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1482                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1483   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1484   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1485     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1486       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1487 }
1488 
1489 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1490 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1491 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1492 /// built-in.
1493 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1494                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1495                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1496   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1497 
1498   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1499 
1500   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1501   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1502   switch (Error) {
1503   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1504     // Okay
1505     break;
1506 
1507   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1508     if (ForRedeclaration)
1509       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1510         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1511     return 0;
1512 
1513   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1514     if (ForRedeclaration)
1515       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1516         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1517     return 0;
1518 
1519   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1520     if (ForRedeclaration)
1521       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1522         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1523     return 0;
1524   }
1525 
1526   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1527     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1528       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1529       << R;
1530     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1531         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1532           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1533       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1534         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1535         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1536   }
1537 
1538   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1539   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1540     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1541         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1542                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1543     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1544     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1545     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1546   }
1547 
1548   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1549                                            Parent,
1550                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1551                                            SC_Extern,
1552                                            false,
1553                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1554   New->setImplicit();
1555 
1556   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1557   // FunctionDecl.
1558   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1559     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1560     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1561       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1562           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1563                               0, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0);
1564       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1565       Params.push_back(parm);
1566     }
1567     New->setParams(Params);
1568   }
1569 
1570   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1571   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1572 
1573   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1574   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1575   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1576   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1577   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1578   CurContext = Parent;
1579   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1580   CurContext = SavedContext;
1581   return New;
1582 }
1583 
1584 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1585 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1586 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1587 /// entity.
1588 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1589                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1590                                               LookupResult &previous){
1591   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1592   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1593     return;
1594 
1595   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1596   if (previous.empty())
1597     return;
1598 
1599   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1600   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1601     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1602 
1603     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1604     if (!old->isHidden())
1605       continue;
1606 
1607     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1608       filter.erase();
1609   }
1610 
1611   filter.done();
1612 }
1613 
1614 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1615   QualType OldType;
1616   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1617     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1618   else
1619     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1620   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1621 
1622   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1623     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1624     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1625     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1626       << Kind << NewType;
1627     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1628       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1629     New->setInvalidDecl();
1630     return true;
1631   }
1632 
1633   if (OldType != NewType &&
1634       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1635       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1636       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1637     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1638     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1639       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1640     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1641       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1642     New->setInvalidDecl();
1643     return true;
1644   }
1645   return false;
1646 }
1647 
1648 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1649 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1650 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1651 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1652 ///
1653 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1654   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1655   // merging checks.
1656   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1657 
1658   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1659   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1660   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1661     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1662     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1663     default: break;
1664     case 2:
1665       {
1666         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1667           break;
1668         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1669         if (!T->isPointerType())
1670           break;
1671         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1672           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1673           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1674             break;
1675         }
1676         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1677         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1678         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1679         return;
1680       }
1681     case 5:
1682       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1683         break;
1684       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1685       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1686       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1687       return;
1688     case 3:
1689       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1690         break;
1691       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1692       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1693       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1694       return;
1695     }
1696     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1697   }
1698 
1699   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1700   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1701   if (!Old) {
1702     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1703       << New->getDeclName();
1704 
1705     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1706     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1707       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1708 
1709     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1710   }
1711 
1712   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1713   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1714     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1715 
1716   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1717   // with any extensions enabled.
1718   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1719     return;
1720 
1721   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1722   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1723   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1724     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1725     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1726   }
1727 
1728   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1729     return;
1730 
1731   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1732     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1733     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1734     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1735     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1736     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1737       return;
1738 
1739     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1740     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1741     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1742     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1743     //
1744     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1745     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1746     //
1747     //   struct S {
1748     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1749     //   };
1750     //
1751     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1752     // allow the above but disallow
1753     //
1754     //   struct S {
1755     //     typedef int I;
1756     //     typedef int I;
1757     //   };
1758     //
1759     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1760     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1761       return;
1762 
1763     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1764       << New->getDeclName();
1765     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1766     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1767   }
1768 
1769   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1770   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1771     return;
1772 
1773   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1774   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1775   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1776   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1777   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1778       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1779        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1780     return;
1781 
1782   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1783     << New->getDeclName();
1784   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1785   return;
1786 }
1787 
1788 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1789 /// attribute.
1790 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1791   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1792   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1793   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1794     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1795       if (Ann) {
1796         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1797           return true;
1798         continue;
1799       }
1800       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1801       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1802         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1803       return true;
1804     }
1805 
1806   return false;
1807 }
1808 
1809 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1810   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1811     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1812   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1813     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1814   return true;
1815 }
1816 
1817 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1818 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1819 ///
1820 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1821 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1822   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1823   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1824   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1825   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1826   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1827   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1828     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1829     // in a case like:
1830     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1831     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1832     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1833     // definition in such a case.
1834     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1835       return false;
1836 
1837     if (I->isAlignas())
1838       OldAlignasAttr = I;
1839 
1840     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1841     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1842       OldAlign = Align;
1843       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
1844     }
1845   }
1846 
1847   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1848   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1849   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1850   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1851     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1852       return false;
1853 
1854     if (I->isAlignas())
1855       NewAlignasAttr = I;
1856 
1857     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1858     if (Align > NewAlign)
1859       NewAlign = Align;
1860   }
1861 
1862   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1863     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1864     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1865     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1866     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1867 
1868     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1869     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1870     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1871       QualType Ty;
1872       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1873         Ty = VD->getType();
1874       else
1875         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1876 
1877       if (OldAlign == 0)
1878         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1879       if (NewAlign == 0)
1880         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1881     }
1882 
1883     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1884       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1885         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1886         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1887       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1888     }
1889   }
1890 
1891   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1892     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1893     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1894     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1895     //   equivalent alignment.
1896     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1897     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1898     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1899     //   have no alignment specifier.
1900     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1901       << OldAlignasAttr;
1902     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1903       << OldAlignasAttr;
1904   }
1905 
1906   bool AnyAdded = false;
1907 
1908   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1909   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1910     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1911     Clone->setInherited(true);
1912     New->addAttr(Clone);
1913     AnyAdded = true;
1914   }
1915 
1916   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1917   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1918       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1919     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1920     Clone->setInherited(true);
1921     New->addAttr(Clone);
1922     AnyAdded = true;
1923   }
1924 
1925   return AnyAdded;
1926 }
1927 
1928 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
1929                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
1930   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
1931   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1932   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1933     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1934                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1935                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1936                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1937                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1938   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1939     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1940                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1941   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1942     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1943                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1944   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1945     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1946                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1947   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1948     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1949                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1950   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1951     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1952                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1953                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1954   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1955     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1956                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1957   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
1958     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
1959                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
1960                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
1961   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1962     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1963     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1964     NewAttr = nullptr;
1965   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1966     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
1967 
1968   if (NewAttr) {
1969     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1970     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1971     return true;
1972   }
1973 
1974   return false;
1975 }
1976 
1977 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1978   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1979     return TD->getDefinition();
1980   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1981     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
1982     if (Def)
1983       return Def;
1984     return VD->getActingDefinition();
1985   }
1986   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1987     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1988     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
1989       return Def;
1990   }
1991   return NULL;
1992 }
1993 
1994 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1995   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
1996     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1997       return true;
1998   return false;
1999 }
2000 
2001 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2002 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2003 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2004   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2005     return;
2006 
2007   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2008   if (!Def || Def == New)
2009     return;
2010 
2011   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2012   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2013     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2014 
2015     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2016       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2017         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2018       else {
2019         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2020         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2021                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2022                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2023                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2024         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2025         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2026         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2027       }
2028       ++I;
2029       continue;
2030     }
2031 
2032     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2033       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2034       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2035         ++I;
2036         continue;
2037       }
2038     }
2039 
2040     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2041       ++I;
2042       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2043     }
2044 
2045     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2046       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2047       ++I;
2048       continue;
2049     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2050       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2051         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2052         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2053         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2054         //   equivalent alignment.
2055         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2056         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2057         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2058         //   have no alignment specifier.
2059         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2060           << AA;
2061         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2062           << AA;
2063         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2064         --E;
2065         continue;
2066       }
2067     }
2068 
2069     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2070            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2071     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2072     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2073     --E;
2074   }
2075 }
2076 
2077 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2078 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2079                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2080   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2081     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2082     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2083     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2084   }
2085 
2086   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2087     return;
2088 
2089   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2090   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2091 
2092   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2093     return;
2094 
2095   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2096 
2097   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2098   // we process them.
2099   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2100 
2101   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2102     bool Override = false;
2103     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2104     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2105         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2106         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2107       switch (AMK) {
2108       case AMK_None:
2109         continue;
2110 
2111       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2112         break;
2113 
2114       case AMK_Override:
2115         Override = true;
2116         break;
2117       }
2118     }
2119 
2120     // Already handled.
2121     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2122       continue;
2123 
2124     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2125       foundAny = true;
2126   }
2127 
2128   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2129     foundAny = true;
2130 
2131   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2132 }
2133 
2134 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2135 /// to the new one.
2136 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2137                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2138                                      Sema &S) {
2139   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2140   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2141   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2142   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2143   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2144   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2145     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2146            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2147     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2148     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2149     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2150       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2151     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2152       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2153     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2154            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2155   }
2156 
2157   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2158     return;
2159 
2160   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2161 
2162   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2163   // done before we process them.
2164   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2165 
2166   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2167     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2168       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2169         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2170       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2171       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2172       foundAny = true;
2173     }
2174   }
2175 
2176   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2177 }
2178 
2179 namespace {
2180 
2181 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2182 /// C.
2183 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2184   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2185   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2186   QualType PromotedType;
2187 };
2188 
2189 }
2190 
2191 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2192 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2193   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2194     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2195       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2196 
2197     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2198       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2199 
2200     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2201       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2202   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2203     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2204   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2205     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2206   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2207     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2208   }
2209 
2210   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2211 }
2212 
2213 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2214 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2215 /// GNU89 mode.
2216 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2217                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2218   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2219           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2220           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2221           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2222 }
2223 
2224 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2225   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2226   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2227     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2228   return AT;
2229 }
2230 
2231 template <typename T>
2232 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2233   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2234   if (DC->isRecord())
2235     return false;
2236 
2237   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2238   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2239     return true;
2240   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2241     return true;
2242   return false;
2243 }
2244 
2245 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2246 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2247 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2248 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2249 ///
2250 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2251 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2252 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2253 /// merged with.
2254 ///
2255 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2256 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2257                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2258   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2259   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2260   if (!Old) {
2261     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2262       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2263         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2264         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2265              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2266         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2267              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2268         return true;
2269       }
2270 
2271       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2272       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2273       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2274       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2275       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2276 
2277       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2278       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2279       if (Old &&
2280           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2281               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2282           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2283         Old = 0;
2284 
2285       if (!Old) {
2286         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2287         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2288              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2289         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2290         return true;
2291       }
2292       OldD = Old;
2293     } else {
2294       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2295         << New->getDeclName();
2296       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2297       return true;
2298     }
2299   }
2300 
2301   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2302   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2303     return true;
2304 
2305   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2306   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2307   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2308   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2309   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2310     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2311   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2312     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2313     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2314       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2315   } else
2316     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2317 
2318   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2319   // is an extern inline function.
2320   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2321   // storage classes.
2322   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2323       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2324       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2325       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2326       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2327     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2328       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2329       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2330     } else {
2331       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2332       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2333       return true;
2334     }
2335   }
2336 
2337 
2338   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2339   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2340   // convention of the first.
2341   //
2342   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2343   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2344   //
2345   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2346   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2347   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2348   //
2349   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2350   // other tests to run.
2351   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2352   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2353   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2354   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2355   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2356   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2357   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2358 
2359   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2360     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2361     const FunctionType *FT =
2362         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2363     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2364     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2365     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2366       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2367       // there but not here.
2368       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2369       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2370     } else {
2371       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2372       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2373       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2374         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2375         << !FirstCCExplicit
2376         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2377             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2378 
2379       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2380       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2381       return true;
2382     }
2383   }
2384 
2385   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2386   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2387     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2388     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2389   }
2390 
2391   // Merge regparm attribute.
2392   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2393       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2394     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2395       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2396         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2397         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2398       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2399       return true;
2400     }
2401 
2402     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2403     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2404   }
2405 
2406   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2407   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2408     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2409       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2410       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2411       return true;
2412     }
2413 
2414     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2415     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2416   }
2417 
2418   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2419     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2420     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2421     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2422     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2423     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2424   }
2425 
2426   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2427   // UndefinedButUsed.
2428   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2429       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2430       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2431       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2432       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2433     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2434                                            SourceLocation()));
2435 
2436   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2437   // about it.
2438   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2439       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2440     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2441   }
2442 
2443   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2444     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2445     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2446     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2447     //        cannot be overloaded.
2448 
2449     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2450     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2451     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2452     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2453     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2454     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2455         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2456              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2457              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2458     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2459         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2460              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2461              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2462     QualType ResQT;
2463     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2464         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2465           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2466       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2467           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2468         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2469       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2470         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2471           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2472                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2473         else
2474           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2475         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2476         return true;
2477       }
2478       else
2479         NewQType = ResQT;
2480     }
2481 
2482     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2483     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2484     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2485       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2486       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2487       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2488       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2489         New->setType(
2490             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2491                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2492                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2493         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2494             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2495                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2496                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2497       }
2498     }
2499 
2500     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2501     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2502     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2503       // Preserve triviality.
2504       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2505 
2506       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2507       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2508       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2509       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2510                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2511                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2512       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2513 
2514       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2515           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2516         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2517         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2518         //       is a static member function declaration.
2519         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2520           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2521           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2522           return true;
2523         }
2524 
2525         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2526         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2527         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2528         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2529         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2530           unsigned NewDiag;
2531           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2532             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2533           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2534             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2535           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2536             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2537           else
2538             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2539 
2540           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2541         } else {
2542           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2543             << New << New->getType();
2544         }
2545         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2546 
2547       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2548       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2549       //
2550       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2551       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2552       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2553         if (isFriend) {
2554           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2555         } else {
2556           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2557                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2558             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2559           return true;
2560         }
2561       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2562         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2563              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2564           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2565         return true;
2566       }
2567     }
2568 
2569     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2570     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2571     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2572     //   attribute.
2573     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2574     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2575       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2576       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2577            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2578     }
2579 
2580     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2581     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2582     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2583     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2584     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2585     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2586       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2587            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2588       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2589            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2590     }
2591 
2592     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2593     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2594     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2595     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2596 
2597     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2598     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2599     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2600       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2601       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2602         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2603       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2604       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2605     }
2606 
2607     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2608       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2609       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2610       //
2611       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2612       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2613       // linkage within class scope.
2614       //
2615       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2616       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2617         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2618         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2619       } else {
2620         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2621         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2622         return true;
2623       }
2624     }
2625 
2626     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2627       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2628 
2629     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2630         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2631       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2632       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2633       // when we instantiate the function.
2634       return false;
2635     }
2636 
2637     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2638   }
2639 
2640   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2641   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2642   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2643       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2644     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2645     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2646     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2647     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2648         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2649       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2650       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2651       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2652       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2653       NewQType =
2654           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2655                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2656       New->setType(NewQType);
2657       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2658 
2659       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2660       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2661       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2662         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2663                                                  SourceLocation(), 0, ParamType,
2664                                                  /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0);
2665         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2666         Param->setImplicit();
2667         Params.push_back(Param);
2668       }
2669 
2670       New->setParams(Params);
2671     }
2672 
2673     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2674   }
2675 
2676   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2677   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2678   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2679   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2680   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2681   // the prototype.
2682   //
2683   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2684   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2685   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2686   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2687   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2688       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2689       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2690       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2691     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2692     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2693     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2694       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2695     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2696       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2697 
2698     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2699     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2700                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2701     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2702     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2703          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2704       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2705       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2706       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2707                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2708         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2709       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2710                                             NewParm->getType(),
2711                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2712         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2713                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2714         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2715         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2716       } else
2717         LooseCompatible = false;
2718     }
2719 
2720     if (LooseCompatible) {
2721       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2722         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2723              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2724           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2725           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2726         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2727           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2728                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2729       }
2730 
2731       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2732         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2733                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2734       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2735     }
2736 
2737     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2738   }
2739 
2740   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2741   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2742 
2743   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2744   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2745   unsigned BuiltinID;
2746   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2747     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2748     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2749     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2750       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2751       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2752         << Old << Old->getType();
2753 
2754       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2755       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2756       //
2757       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2758       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2759       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2760       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2761       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2762       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2763         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2764 
2765       return false;
2766     }
2767 
2768     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2769   }
2770 
2771   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2772   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2773   return true;
2774 }
2775 
2776 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2777 /// known to be compatible.
2778 ///
2779 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2780 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2781 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2782 /// redeclaration of Old.
2783 ///
2784 /// \returns false
2785 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2786                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2787   // Merge the attributes
2788   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2789 
2790   // Merge "pure" flag.
2791   if (Old->isPure())
2792     New->setPure();
2793 
2794   // Merge "used" flag.
2795   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2796     New->setIsUsed();
2797 
2798   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2799   // declarations.
2800   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2801     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2802       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2803                                *this);
2804 
2805   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2806     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2807 
2808   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2809   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2810   // was visible.
2811   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2812   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2813     New->setType(Merged);
2814 
2815   return false;
2816 }
2817 
2818 
2819 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2820                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2821 
2822   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2823   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2824     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2825                                                    : AMK_Override;
2826   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2827 
2828   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2829   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2830                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2831   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2832          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2833        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2834     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2835 
2836   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2837 }
2838 
2839 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2840 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2841 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2842 ///
2843 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2844 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2845 /// is attached.
2846 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2847                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2848   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2849     return;
2850 
2851   QualType MergedT;
2852   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2853     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2854       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2855       return;
2856     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2857       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2858       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2859     }
2860     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2861     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2862     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2863     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2864     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2865     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2866              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2867       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2868       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2869       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2870                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2871         MergedT = New->getType();
2872     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2873                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2874       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2875       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2876       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2877                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2878         MergedT = Old->getType();
2879     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2880                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2881       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2882                                               Old->getType());
2883     }
2884   } else {
2885     // C 6.2.7p2:
2886     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2887     //   compatible type.
2888     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2889   }
2890   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2891     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2892     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2893     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2894     // equivalent.
2895     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2896     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2897          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2898       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2899       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2900       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2901       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2902         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2903       return;
2904     }
2905 
2906     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2907     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2908     //
2909     //   extern int arr[];
2910     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2911     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2912     //
2913     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2914     // to diagnose it.
2915     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2916       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2917     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2918     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2919   }
2920 
2921   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2922   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2923   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2924     New->setType(MergedT);
2925 }
2926 
2927 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2928                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2929   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2930   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2931   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2932   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2933   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2934   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2935   //
2936   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2937   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2938     return false;
2939 
2940   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2941     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2942     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2943     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2944     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2945     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2946            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2947             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2948   } else {
2949     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2950     // type unless we're in the same function.
2951     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2952            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2953   }
2954 }
2955 
2956 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2957 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2958 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2959 ///
2960 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2961 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2962 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2963 ///
2964 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2965   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2966   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2967     return;
2968 
2969   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
2970 
2971   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
2972   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2973   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = 0;
2974   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
2975     if (NewTemplate) {
2976       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2977       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : 0;
2978     } else
2979       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2980   }
2981   if (!Old) {
2982     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2983       << New->getDeclName();
2984     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2985          diag::note_previous_definition);
2986     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2987   }
2988 
2989   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2990     return;
2991 
2992   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
2993   if (NewTemplate &&
2994       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
2995                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
2996                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
2997     return;
2998 
2999   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3000   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3001   //
3002   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3003   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3004     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3005       << New->getIdentifier();
3006     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3007     New->setInvalidDecl();
3008   }
3009 
3010   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3011   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3012   // declaration
3013   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3014       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3015       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3016     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3017     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3018     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3019     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3020   }
3021 
3022   // Merge the types.
3023   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3024 
3025   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3026     return;
3027 
3028   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3029   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3030       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3031       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3032     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
3033     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3034     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3035   }
3036   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3037   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3038   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3039   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3040   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3041   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3042   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3043   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3044   //   identifier has external linkage.
3045   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3046     /* Okay */;
3047   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3048            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3049            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3050     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3051     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3052     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3053   }
3054 
3055   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3056   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3057       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3058     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3059     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3060     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3061   }
3062   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3063       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3064     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3065     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3066     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3067   }
3068 
3069   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3070 
3071   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3072   // need to check for mismatches.
3073   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3074       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3075       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3076         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3077     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3078     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3079     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3080   }
3081 
3082   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3083     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3084       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3085       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3086     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3087       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3088       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3089     } else {
3090       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3091       // static and dynamic initialization.
3092       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3093       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3094       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3095         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3096       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3097     }
3098   }
3099 
3100   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3101   const VarDecl *Def;
3102   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3103       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3104       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3105     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3106     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3107     New->setInvalidDecl();
3108     return;
3109   }
3110 
3111   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3112     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3113     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3114     New->setInvalidDecl();
3115     return;
3116   }
3117 
3118   // Merge "used" flag.
3119   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3120     New->setIsUsed();
3121 
3122   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3123   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3124   if (NewTemplate)
3125     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3126 
3127   // Inherit access appropriately.
3128   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3129   if (NewTemplate)
3130     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3131 }
3132 
3133 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3134 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3135 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3136                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3137   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3138 }
3139 
3140 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3141   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3142     return;
3143 
3144   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3145     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3146     // it is anonymous.
3147     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3148       return;
3149     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3150         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3151     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3152         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3153     return;
3154   }
3155 
3156   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3157   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3158   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3159           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3160                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3161     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3162         Tag,
3163         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3164   }
3165 }
3166 
3167 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3168 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3169 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3170 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3171                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3172                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3173                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3174   Decl *TagD = 0;
3175   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3176   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3177       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3178       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3179       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3180       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3181     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3182 
3183     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3184       return 0;
3185 
3186     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3187     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3188     // it's a Type.
3189     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3190       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3191     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3192       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3193   }
3194 
3195   if (Tag) {
3196     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3197     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3198     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3199       return Tag;
3200   }
3201 
3202   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3203     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3204     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3205     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3206       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3207            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3208            << DS.getSourceRange();
3209   }
3210 
3211   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3212     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3213     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3214     if (Tag)
3215       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3216         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3217             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3218             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3219             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3220     else
3221       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3222     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3223     return TagD;
3224   }
3225 
3226   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3227 
3228   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3229     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3230     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3231     if (TagD && !Tag)
3232       return 0;
3233     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3234   }
3235 
3236   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3237   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3238     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3239   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3240       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3241     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3242     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3243     // or an explicit specialization.
3244     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3245     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3246       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3247           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3248           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3249           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3250       << SS.getRange();
3251     return 0;
3252   }
3253 
3254   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3255   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3256 
3257   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3258   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3259     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3260         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3261       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3262           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3263         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3264 
3265       DeclaresAnything = false;
3266     }
3267   }
3268 
3269   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3270   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3271       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3272       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3273     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3274     //   struct STRUCT;
3275     // and
3276     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3277     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3278     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3279         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3280          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3281       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3282         << DS.getSourceRange();
3283       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3284     }
3285   }
3286 
3287   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3288   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3289       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3290     return TagD;
3291 
3292   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3293       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3294     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3295       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3296           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3297         DeclaresAnything = false;
3298 
3299   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3300     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3301     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3302       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3303         << DS.getSourceRange();
3304     else
3305       DeclaresAnything = false;
3306   }
3307 
3308   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3309       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3310     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3311       << Tag->getTagKind()
3312       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3313 
3314   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3315 
3316   // C 6.7/2:
3317   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3318   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3319   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3320   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3321   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3322   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3323   //   previous declaration.
3324   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3325     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3326     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3327     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3328     return TagD;
3329   }
3330 
3331   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3332   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3333   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3334   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3335   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3336   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3337   //
3338   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3339   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3340   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3341     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3342 
3343   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3344   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3345   // useless.
3346   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3347     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3348       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3349         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3350 
3351   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3352     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3353       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3354   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3355     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3356       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3357     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3358       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3359     // Restrict is covered above.
3360     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3361       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3362   }
3363 
3364   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3365   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3366   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3367   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3368     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3369     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3370         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3371         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3372         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3373         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3374       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3375       while (attrs) {
3376         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3377         << attrs->getName()
3378         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3379             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3380             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3381             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3382         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3383       }
3384     }
3385   }
3386 
3387   return TagD;
3388 }
3389 
3390 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3391 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3392 ///
3393 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3394 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3395                                          Scope *S,
3396                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3397                                          DeclarationName Name,
3398                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3399                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3400   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3401                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3402   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3403 
3404   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3405     return false;
3406 
3407   // Pick a representative declaration.
3408   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3409   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3410 
3411   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3412     return false;
3413 
3414   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3415   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3416 
3417   return true;
3418 }
3419 
3420 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3421 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3422 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3423 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3424 /// struct, e.g.,
3425 ///
3426 /// @code
3427 /// union {
3428 ///   int i;
3429 ///   float f;
3430 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3431 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3432 /// @endcode
3433 ///
3434 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3435 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3436 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3437                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3438                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3439                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3440                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3441                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3442   unsigned diagKind
3443     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3444                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3445 
3446   bool Invalid = false;
3447 
3448   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3449   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3450     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3451         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3452       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3453       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3454                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3455         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3456         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3457         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3458         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3459         Invalid = true;
3460       } else {
3461         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3462         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3463         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3464         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3465         //   anonymous union is declared.
3466         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3467         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3468           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3469             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3470         else
3471           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3472 
3473         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3474         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3475           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3476         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3477           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3478 
3479         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3480           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3481                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3482                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3483 
3484         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3485         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3486         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3487 
3488         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3489         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3490 
3491         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3492       }
3493     }
3494   }
3495 
3496   return Invalid;
3497 }
3498 
3499 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3500 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3501 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3502 static StorageClass
3503 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3504   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3505   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3506          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3507   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3508   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3509   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3510     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3511       return SC_None;
3512     return SC_Extern;
3513   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3514   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3515   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3516   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3517     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3518   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3519   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3520   }
3521   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3522 }
3523 
3524 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3525   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3526 
3527   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3528     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3529     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3530       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3531     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3532       return FD->getLocation();
3533   }
3534 
3535   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3536 }
3537 
3538 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3539                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3540   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3541     return;
3542 
3543   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3544   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3545 }
3546 
3547 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3548                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3549   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3550     return;
3551 
3552   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3553 }
3554 
3555 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3556 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3557 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3558 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3559 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3560                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3561                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3562                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3563   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3564 
3565   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3566   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3567     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3568   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3569     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3570   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3571     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3572 
3573   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3574   // structs/unions.
3575   bool Invalid = false;
3576   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3577     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3578     unsigned DiagID;
3579     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3580       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3581       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3582       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3583       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3584           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3585            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3586             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3587         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3588           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3589 
3590         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3591         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3592                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3593       }
3594       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3595       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3596       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3597       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3598                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3599         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3600              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3601           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3602 
3603         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3604         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3605                                SourceLocation(),
3606                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3607       }
3608     }
3609 
3610     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3611     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3612       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3613         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3614           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3615           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3616       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3617         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3618              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3619           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3620           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3621       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3622         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3623              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3624           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3625           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3626       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3627         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3628              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3629           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3630           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3631 
3632       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3633     }
3634 
3635     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3636     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3637     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3638     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3639     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3640       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3641         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3642         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3643         //   members (clause 11).
3644         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3645         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3646           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3647             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3648           Invalid = true;
3649         }
3650 
3651         // C++ [class.union]p1
3652         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3653         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3654         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3655         //   array of such objects.
3656         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3657           Invalid = true;
3658       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3659         // Any implicit members are fine.
3660       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3661         // This is a type that showed up in an
3662         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3663         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3664         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3665       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3666         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3667             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3668           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3669           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3670             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3671               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3672           else {
3673             // This is a nested type declaration.
3674             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3675               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3676             Invalid = true;
3677           }
3678         } else {
3679           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3680           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3681           // not part of standard C++.
3682           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3683                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3684             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3685         }
3686       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3687         // Any access specifier is fine.
3688       } else {
3689         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3690         // member. Complain about it.
3691         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3692         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3693           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3694         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3695           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3696         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3697           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3698 
3699         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3700         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3701             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3702           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3703             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3704         else {
3705           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3706               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3707           Invalid = true;
3708         }
3709       }
3710     }
3711 
3712     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3713     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3714     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3715     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3716         Owner->isRecord())
3717       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3718                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3719   }
3720 
3721   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3722     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3723       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3724     Invalid = true;
3725   }
3726 
3727   // Mock up a declarator.
3728   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3729   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3730   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3731 
3732   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3733   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3734   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3735     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3736                              DS.getLocStart(),
3737                              Record->getLocation(),
3738                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3739                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3740                              TInfo,
3741                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3742                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3743     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3744     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3745       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3746   } else {
3747     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3748     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3749     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3750       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3751       // an error here
3752       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3753       Invalid = true;
3754       SC = SC_None;
3755     }
3756 
3757     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3758                            DS.getLocStart(),
3759                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3760                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3761                            TInfo, SC);
3762 
3763     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3764     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3765     // initializer:
3766     //   union { int n = 0; };
3767     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3768   }
3769   Anon->setImplicit();
3770 
3771   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3772   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3773 
3774   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3775   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3776   // its members.
3777   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3778 
3779   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3780   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3781   // purposes.
3782   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3783   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3784 
3785   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3786                                           Chain, false))
3787     Invalid = true;
3788 
3789   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
3790     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
3791       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3792       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3793               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
3794                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
3795         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3796         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
3797       }
3798     }
3799   }
3800 
3801   if (Invalid)
3802     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3803 
3804   return Anon;
3805 }
3806 
3807 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3808 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3809 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3810 /// Example:
3811 ///
3812 /// struct A { int a; };
3813 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3814 ///
3815 /// void foo() {
3816 ///   B var;
3817 ///   var.a = 3;
3818 /// }
3819 ///
3820 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3821                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3822 
3823   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3824   if (!Record)
3825     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3826 
3827   // Mock up a declarator.
3828   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3829   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3830   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3831 
3832   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3833   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3834                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3835                              DS.getLocStart(),
3836                              DS.getLocStart(),
3837                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3838                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3839                              TInfo,
3840                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3841                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3842   Anon->setImplicit();
3843 
3844   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3845   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3846 
3847   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3848   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3849   // purposes.
3850   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3851   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3852 
3853   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3854   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3855                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3856                                                         Chain, true))
3857     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3858 
3859   return Anon;
3860 }
3861 
3862 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3863 /// given Declarator.
3864 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3865   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3866 }
3867 
3868 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3869 DeclarationNameInfo
3870 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3871   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3872   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3873 
3874   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3875 
3876   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3877   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3878     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3879     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3880     return NameInfo;
3881 
3882   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3883     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3884                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3885     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3886     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3887       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3888     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3889       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3890     return NameInfo;
3891 
3892   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3893     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3894                                                            Name.Identifier));
3895     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3896     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3897     return NameInfo;
3898 
3899   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3900     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3901     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3902     if (Ty.isNull())
3903       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3904     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3905                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3906     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3907     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3908     return NameInfo;
3909   }
3910 
3911   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3912     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3913     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3914     if (Ty.isNull())
3915       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3916     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3917                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3918     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3919     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3920     return NameInfo;
3921   }
3922 
3923   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3924     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3925     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3926     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3927     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3928     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3929       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3930 
3931     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3932     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3933 
3934     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3935     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3936     // was qualified.
3937 
3938     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3939                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3940     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3941     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3942     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3943     return NameInfo;
3944   }
3945 
3946   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3947     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3948     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3949     if (Ty.isNull())
3950       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3951     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3952                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3953     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3954     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3955     return NameInfo;
3956   }
3957 
3958   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3959     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3960     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3961     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3962   }
3963 
3964   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3965 
3966   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3967 }
3968 
3969 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3970   do {
3971     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3972       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3973     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3974       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3975     else
3976       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3977   } while (true);
3978 }
3979 
3980 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3981 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3982 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3983 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3984 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3985 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3986 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3987 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3988                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3989                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3990                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3991   Params.clear();
3992   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3993     return false;
3994   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3995     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3996     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3997 
3998     // The parameter types are identical
3999     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4000       continue;
4001 
4002     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4003     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4004     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4005     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4006 
4007     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4008         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4009       Params.push_back(Idx);
4010     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4011       return false;
4012   }
4013 
4014   return true;
4015 }
4016 
4017 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4018 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4019 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4020 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4021 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4022 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4023                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4024   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4025   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4026   //   - types which will become injected class names
4027   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4028   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4029   // few cases here.
4030 
4031   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4032   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4033   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4034   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4035   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4036   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4037     // Grab the type from the parser.
4038     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
4039     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4040     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4041 
4042     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4043     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4044     // attached already.
4045     if (!TSI)
4046       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4047 
4048     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4049     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4050     if (!TSI) return true;
4051 
4052     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4053     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4054     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4055     break;
4056   }
4057 
4058   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4059   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4060     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4061     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4062     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4063     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4064     break;
4065   }
4066 
4067   default:
4068     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4069     break;
4070   }
4071 
4072   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4073   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4074     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4075 
4076     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4077     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4078     // pointer.
4079     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4080       continue;
4081 
4082     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4083     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4084     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4085       return true;
4086   }
4087 
4088   return false;
4089 }
4090 
4091 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4092   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4093   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4094 
4095   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4096       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4097     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4098 
4099   return Dcl;
4100 }
4101 
4102 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4103 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4104 ///   name different from T:
4105 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4106 ///     - every member function of class T
4107 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4108 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4109 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4110                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4111   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4112 
4113   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4114     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4115       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4116       return true;
4117     }
4118 
4119   return false;
4120 }
4121 
4122 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4123 /// nested-name-specifier.
4124 ///
4125 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4126 ///
4127 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4128 /// resolves.
4129 ///
4130 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4131 ///
4132 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4133 ///
4134 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4135 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4136                                         DeclarationName Name,
4137                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4138   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4139   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4140     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4141 
4142   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4143   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4144   //
4145   // class X {
4146   //   void X::f();
4147   // };
4148   //
4149   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4150   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4151   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4152     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4153       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4154                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4155         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4156       SS.clear();
4157     } else {
4158       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4159     }
4160     return false;
4161   }
4162 
4163   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4164   // declaration.
4165   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4166     if (Cur->isRecord())
4167       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4168         << Name << SS.getRange();
4169     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4170       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4171         << Name << SS.getRange();
4172     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4173       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4174         << Name << SS.getRange();
4175     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4176       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4177         << Name << SS.getRange();
4178     else
4179       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4180       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4181 
4182     return true;
4183   }
4184 
4185   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4186     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4187     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4188       << Name << SS.getRange();
4189     SS.clear();
4190 
4191     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4192     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4193     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4194     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4195          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4196         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4197                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4198       return true;
4199 
4200     return false;
4201   }
4202 
4203   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4204   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4205   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4206   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4207   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4208     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4209   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4210         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4211     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4212       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4213 
4214   return false;
4215 }
4216 
4217 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4218                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4219   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4220   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4221   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4222 
4223   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4224   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4225   if (!Name) {
4226     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4227       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4228            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4229         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4230     return 0;
4231   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4232     return 0;
4233 
4234   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4235   // we find one that is.
4236   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4237          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4238     S = S->getParent();
4239 
4240   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4241   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4242     D.setInvalidType();
4243   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4244     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4245                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4246       return 0;
4247 
4248     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4249     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4250     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4251       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4252       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4253       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4254       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4255       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4256            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4257         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4258         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4259       return 0;
4260     }
4261     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4262 
4263     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4264         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4265       return 0;
4266 
4267     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4268       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4269            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4270         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4271       D.setInvalidType();
4272     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4273       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4274                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4275         if (DC->isRecord())
4276           return 0;
4277 
4278         D.setInvalidType();
4279       }
4280     }
4281 
4282     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4283     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4284     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4285         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4286       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4287       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4288         D.setInvalidType();
4289     }
4290   }
4291 
4292   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4293     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4294     // Just return early; it's safer.
4295     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4296       return 0;
4297 
4298   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4299   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4300 
4301   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4302                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4303     D.setInvalidType();
4304 
4305   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4306                         ForRedeclaration);
4307 
4308   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4309   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4310     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4311     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4312 
4313     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4314     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4315     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4316     //
4317     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4318     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4319     // the same name.
4320     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4321       /* Do nothing*/;
4322     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4323              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4324               R->isFunctionType())) {
4325       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4326       CreateBuiltins =
4327           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4328     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4329                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4330       CreateBuiltins = true;
4331 
4332     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4333       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4334 
4335     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4336   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4337     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4338 
4339     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4340     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4341     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4342     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4343     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4344     //  thereof; [...]
4345     //
4346     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4347     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4348     // we want to match. For example, given:
4349     //
4350     //   class X {
4351     //     void f();
4352     //     void f(float);
4353     //   };
4354     //
4355     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4356     //
4357     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4358     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4359     // matches.
4360 
4361     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4362     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4363     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4364     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4365     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4366   }
4367 
4368   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4369       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4370     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4371     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4372       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4373                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4374 
4375     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4376     Previous.clear();
4377   }
4378 
4379   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4380   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4381   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4382   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4383   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4384       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4385     Previous.clear();
4386 
4387   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4388   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4389   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4390     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4391 
4392   NamedDecl *New;
4393 
4394   bool AddToScope = true;
4395   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4396     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4397       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4398       return 0;
4399     }
4400 
4401     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4402   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4403     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4404                                   TemplateParamLists,
4405                                   AddToScope);
4406   } else {
4407     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4408                                   AddToScope);
4409   }
4410 
4411   if (New == 0)
4412     return 0;
4413 
4414   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4415   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4416   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4417        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4418     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4419     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4420     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4421     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4422     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4423     if (!AddToContext)
4424       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4425   }
4426 
4427   return New;
4428 }
4429 
4430 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4431 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4432 /// GCC compatibility).
4433 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4434                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4435                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4436                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4437   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4438   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4439   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4440   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4441   SizeIsNegative = false;
4442   Oversized = 0;
4443 
4444   if (T->isDependentType())
4445     return QualType();
4446 
4447   QualifierCollector Qs;
4448   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4449 
4450   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4451     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4452     QualType FixedType =
4453         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4454                                             Oversized);
4455     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4456     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4457     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4458   }
4459   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4460     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4461     QualType FixedType =
4462         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4463                                             Oversized);
4464     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4465     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4466     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4467   }
4468 
4469   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4470   if (!VLATy)
4471     return QualType();
4472   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4473   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4474     return QualType();
4475 
4476   llvm::APSInt Res;
4477   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4478       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4479     return QualType();
4480 
4481   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4482   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4483     SizeIsNegative = true;
4484     return QualType();
4485   }
4486 
4487   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4488   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4489     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4490                                               Res);
4491   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4492     Oversized = Res;
4493     return QualType();
4494   }
4495 
4496   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4497                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4498 }
4499 
4500 static void
4501 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4502   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4503     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4504     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4505                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4506     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4507     return;
4508   }
4509   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4510     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4511     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4512                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4513     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4514     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4515     return;
4516   }
4517   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4518   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4519   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4520   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4521   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4522   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4523   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4524   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4525 }
4526 
4527 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4528 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4529 /// GCC compatibility).
4530 static TypeSourceInfo*
4531 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4532                                               ASTContext &Context,
4533                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4534                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4535   QualType FixedTy
4536     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4537                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4538   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4539     return 0;
4540   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4541   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4542                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4543   return FixedTInfo;
4544 }
4545 
4546 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4547 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4548 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4549 /// function-scope declarations.
4550 void
4551 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4552   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4553       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4554     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4555     return;
4556 
4557   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4558   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4559   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4560   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4561 }
4562 
4563 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4564   if (ExternalSource) {
4565     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4566     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4567     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4568     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4569     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4570       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4571         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4572       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4573         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4574     }
4575   }
4576 
4577   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4578   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0;
4579 }
4580 
4581 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4582 /// does not identify a function.
4583 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4584   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4585   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4586   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4587     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4588          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4589 
4590   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4591     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4592          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4593 
4594   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4595     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4596          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4597 
4598   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4599     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4600          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4601 }
4602 
4603 NamedDecl*
4604 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4605                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4606   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4607   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4608     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4609       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4610     D.setInvalidType();
4611     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4612     DC = CurContext;
4613     Previous.clear();
4614   }
4615 
4616   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4617 
4618   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4619     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4620       << 1;
4621 
4622   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4623     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4624       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4625     return 0;
4626   }
4627 
4628   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4629   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4630 
4631   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4632   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4633 
4634   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4635 
4636   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4637   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4638   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4639   return ND;
4640 }
4641 
4642 void
4643 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4644   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4645   // then it shall have block scope.
4646   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4647   // that redeclarations will match.
4648   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4649   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4650   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4651     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4652 
4653     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4654       bool SizeIsNegative;
4655       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4656       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4657         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4658                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4659                                                       Oversized);
4660       if (FixedTInfo) {
4661         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4662         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4663       } else {
4664         if (SizeIsNegative)
4665           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4666         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4667           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4668         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4669           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4670             << Oversized.toString(10);
4671         else
4672           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4673         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4674       }
4675     }
4676   }
4677 }
4678 
4679 
4680 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4681 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4682 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4683 NamedDecl*
4684 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4685                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4686   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4687   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4688   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4689                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4690   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4691   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4692     Redeclaration = true;
4693     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4694   }
4695 
4696   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4697   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4698     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4699         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4700       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4701         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4702       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4703         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4704       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4705         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4706       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4707         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4708     }
4709 
4710   return NewTD;
4711 }
4712 
4713 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4714 /// previous declaration.
4715 ///
4716 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4717 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4718 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4719 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4720 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4721 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4722 ///
4723 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4724 /// lookup
4725 ///
4726 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4727 /// declared.
4728 ///
4729 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4730 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4731 static bool
4732 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4733                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4734   if (!PrevDecl)
4735     return false;
4736 
4737   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4738     return false;
4739 
4740   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4741     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4742     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4743     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4744     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4745     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4746     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4747     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4748     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4749       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4750       return false;
4751 
4752     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4753     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4754       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4755       return false;
4756 
4757     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4758     // previous declarations.
4759     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4760     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4761 
4762     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4763     // isn't the same function.
4764     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4765       return false;
4766   }
4767 
4768   return true;
4769 }
4770 
4771 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4772   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4773   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4774   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4775 }
4776 
4777 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4778   QualType type = decl->getType();
4779   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4780   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4781     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4782     unsigned kind = -1U;
4783     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4784       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4785         kind = 0; // __block
4786       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4787         kind = 1; // global
4788     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4789       kind = 3; // ivar
4790     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4791       kind = 2; // field
4792     }
4793 
4794     if (kind != -1U) {
4795       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4796         << kind;
4797     }
4798   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4799     // Try to infer lifetime.
4800     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4801       return false;
4802 
4803     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4804     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4805     decl->setType(type);
4806   }
4807 
4808   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4809     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4810     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4811         var->getTLSKind()) {
4812       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4813         << var->getType();
4814       return true;
4815     }
4816   }
4817 
4818   return false;
4819 }
4820 
4821 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4822   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
4823   // the wrong linkage.
4824   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
4825 
4826   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4827   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4828     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4829       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4830       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4831     }
4832   }
4833   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4834     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4835       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4836       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4837     }
4838   }
4839 
4840   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4841   // It does not apply to functions.
4842   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4843     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4844       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4845       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4846     }
4847   }
4848 
4849   // dll attributes require external linkage.
4850   if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
4851     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4852       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
4853         << &ND << Attr;
4854       ND.setInvalidDecl();
4855     }
4856   }
4857   if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
4858     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4859       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
4860         << &ND << Attr;
4861       ND.setInvalidDecl();
4862     }
4863   }
4864 }
4865 
4866 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
4867                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
4868                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
4869   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
4870     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4871   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
4872     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4873 
4874   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
4875       return;
4876 
4877   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4878   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
4879   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4880   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
4881 
4882   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
4883   // inherited attribute instances.
4884   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
4885                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
4886 
4887   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
4888   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
4889   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
4890   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
4891   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
4892   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
4893     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration)
4894       << NewDecl
4895       << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
4896     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4897     NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4898     return;
4899   }
4900 
4901   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
4902   // exception being inline function definitions.
4903   // FIXME: Handle inline functions.
4904   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
4905   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr) {
4906     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
4907            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
4908       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
4909     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4910     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
4911     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4912     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4913   }
4914 }
4915 
4916 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4917 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4918 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4919 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4920   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4921 
4922   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4923   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4924 
4925   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4926   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4927     return false;
4928 
4929   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4930 
4931 #ifndef NDEBUG
4932   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4933   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4934   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4935   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4936   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4937 #endif
4938 
4939   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4940 
4941 #ifndef NDEBUG
4942   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4943 #endif
4944 
4945   return isC99Inline;
4946 }
4947 
4948 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4949 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4950 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4951 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4952 ///
4953 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4954 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4955 ///
4956 /// For instance:
4957 ///
4958 ///   auto x = []{};
4959 ///
4960 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4961 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4962 ///
4963 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4964 template<typename T>
4965 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4966   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4967     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4968     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4969       return false;
4970   }
4971   return D->isExternC();
4972 }
4973 
4974 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4975   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4976   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4977     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4978   if (DC->isFileContext())
4979     return true;
4980   if (DC->isRecord())
4981     return false;
4982   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4983 }
4984 
4985 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4986   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4987   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4988     return true;
4989   if (DC->isRecord())
4990     return false;
4991   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4992 }
4993 
4994 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
4995                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
4996   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
4997     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
4998       return true;
4999   return false;
5000 }
5001 
5002 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5003                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5004   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5005   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5006     return true;
5007 
5008   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5009   // position to the decl itself.
5010   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5011     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5012       return true;
5013   }
5014 
5015   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5016   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5017 }
5018 
5019 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5020 /// function-local external declaration.
5021 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5022   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5023     return false;
5024 
5025   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5026   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5027   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5028   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5029     return true;
5030 
5031   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5032   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5033   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5034   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5035   //
5036   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5037   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5038   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5039     DC = DC->getParent();
5040   return true;
5041 }
5042 
5043 NamedDecl *
5044 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5045                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5046                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5047                               bool &AddToScope) {
5048   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5049   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5050 
5051   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5052   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5053     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5054 
5055   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5056   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5057   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5058       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport))
5059     SC = SC_Extern;
5060 
5061   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5062   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5063                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5064 
5065   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5066     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5067     QualType NR = R;
5068     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5069       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5070         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5071         D.setInvalidType();
5072         break;
5073       }
5074       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5075     }
5076 
5077     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5078       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5079       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5080       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5081         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5082         D.setInvalidType();
5083       }
5084     }
5085   }
5086 
5087   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5088     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5089     // an error here
5090     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5091     D.setInvalidType();
5092     SC = SC_None;
5093   }
5094 
5095   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5096       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5097                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5098     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5099     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5100     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5101     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5102          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5103       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5104   }
5105 
5106   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5107   if (!II) {
5108     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5109       << Name;
5110     return 0;
5111   }
5112 
5113   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5114 
5115   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
5116     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5117     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5118     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
5119       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
5120       // is a GNU extension.
5121       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
5122         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
5123       else
5124         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5125       D.setInvalidType();
5126     }
5127   }
5128 
5129   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5130     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5131     // OpenCL __local address space.
5132     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5133       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5134     }
5135 
5136     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5137     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5138     // space qualifiers.
5139     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5140       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5141       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5142     }
5143 
5144     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5145     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5146     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5147     // address space qualifiers.
5148     if (R->isEventT()) {
5149       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
5150         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5151         D.setInvalidType();
5152       }
5153 
5154       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5155         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5156         D.setInvalidType();
5157       }
5158     }
5159   }
5160 
5161   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5162   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5163   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5164   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5165   VarDecl *NewVD = 0;
5166   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0;
5167   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0;
5168   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5169     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5170                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5171                             R, TInfo, SC);
5172 
5173     if (D.isInvalidType())
5174       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5175   } else {
5176     bool Invalid = false;
5177 
5178     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5179       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5180       switch (SC) {
5181       case SC_None:
5182         break;
5183       case SC_Static:
5184         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5185              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5186           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5187         break;
5188       case SC_Auto:
5189       case SC_Register:
5190       case SC_Extern:
5191         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5192         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5193         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5194         // of class members
5195 
5196         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5197              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5198           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5199         break;
5200       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5201         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5202       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5203         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5204       }
5205     }
5206 
5207     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5208       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5209         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5210           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5211                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5212             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5213 
5214         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5215         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5216         if (RD->isUnion())
5217           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5218                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5219                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5220                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5221         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5222         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5223           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5224                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5225             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5226       }
5227     }
5228 
5229     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5230     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5231     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5232         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5233         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5234         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5235             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5236             : 0,
5237         TemplateParamLists,
5238         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5239 
5240     if (TemplateParams) {
5241       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5242           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5243         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5244         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5245         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5246              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5247           << II
5248           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5249                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5250         TemplateParams = 0;
5251       } else {
5252         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5253           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5254           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5255           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5256           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5257         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5258           // This is a template declaration.
5259           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5260 
5261           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5262           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5263             return 0;
5264 
5265           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5266           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5267                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5268                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5269                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5270         }
5271       }
5272     } else {
5273       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5274              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5275     }
5276 
5277     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5278       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5279           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5280               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5281               : SourceLocation();
5282       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5283           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5284           IsPartialSpecialization);
5285       if (Res.isInvalid())
5286         return 0;
5287       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5288       AddToScope = false;
5289     } else
5290       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5291                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5292 
5293     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5294     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5295       NewTemplate =
5296           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5297                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5298       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5299     }
5300 
5301     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5302     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5303     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5304       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5305 
5306     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5307       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5308       if (NewTemplate)
5309         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5310     }
5311 
5312     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5313 
5314     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5315     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5316     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5317     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5318       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5319           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5320           TemplateParamLists.data());
5321 
5322     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5323       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5324   }
5325 
5326   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5327   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5328   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5329   if (NewTemplate)
5330     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5331 
5332   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5333     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5334 
5335   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5336     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5337       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5338       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5339       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5340       //   explicitly.
5341       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5342       //   'extern'.
5343       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5344           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5345           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5346         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5347       else
5348         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5349              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5350           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5351     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5352       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5353            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5354     else
5355       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5356   }
5357 
5358   // C99 6.7.4p3
5359   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5360   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5361   //   thread storage duration...
5362   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5363   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5364   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5365   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5366   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5367   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5368       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5369     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5370     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5371       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5372            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5373       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5374     }
5375   }
5376 
5377   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5378     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5379       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5380           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5381           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5382                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5383     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5384       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5385         << 2
5386         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5387     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5388       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5389         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5390         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5391         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5392     else {
5393       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5394       if (NewTemplate)
5395         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5396     }
5397   }
5398 
5399   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5400   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5401 
5402   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5403     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5404     // storage [duration]."
5405     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5406         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5407          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5408       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5409     }
5410   }
5411 
5412   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5413   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5414   // check the VarDecl itself.
5415   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5416          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5417          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5418 
5419   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5420   // retainable type.
5421   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5422     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5423 
5424   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5425   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5426     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5427     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5428     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5429     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5430       switch (SC) {
5431       case SC_None:
5432       case SC_Auto:
5433         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5434         break;
5435       case SC_Register:
5436         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5437           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5438         break;
5439       case SC_Static:
5440       case SC_Extern:
5441       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5442       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5443         break;
5444       }
5445     }
5446 
5447     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5448                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5449   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5450     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5451       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5452     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5453       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5454       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5455     }
5456   }
5457 
5458   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5459   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5460     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5461 
5462   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5463   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5464   // declaration has linkage).
5465   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5466                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5467                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5468                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5469 
5470   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5471   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5472   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5473       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5474     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5475         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5476         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5477 
5478   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5479     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5480   } else {
5481     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5482     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5483         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5484       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5485 
5486     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5487     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5488       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5489           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5490           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5491         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5492         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5493         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5494           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5495         Previous.clear();
5496         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5497       }
5498     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5499       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5500       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5501         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5502         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5503       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5504     }
5505 
5506     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5507       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5508 
5509     if (NewTemplate) {
5510       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5511           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5512               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5513               : 0;
5514 
5515       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5516       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5517       // template declaration.
5518       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5519               TemplateParams,
5520               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5521                               : 0,
5522               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5523                DC->isDependentContext())
5524                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5525                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5526         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5527 
5528       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5529       // template, make a note of that.
5530       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5531           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5532         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5533     }
5534   }
5535 
5536   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5537 
5538   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5539   // the map of such variables.
5540   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5541       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5542     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5543 
5544   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5545     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5546     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5547             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5548                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5549       Context.setManglingNumber(
5550           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5551       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5552     }
5553   }
5554 
5555   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5556     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5557         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5558         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5559   }
5560 
5561   if (NewTemplate) {
5562     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5563       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5564     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5565     return NewTemplate;
5566   }
5567 
5568   return NewVD;
5569 }
5570 
5571 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5572 /// -Wshadow.
5573 ///
5574 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5575 /// scope.
5576 ///
5577 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5578 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5579 ///
5580 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5581   // Return if warning is ignored.
5582   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5583         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5584     return;
5585 
5586   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5587   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5588     return;
5589 
5590   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5591 
5592   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5593   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5594     return;
5595 
5596   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5597   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5598     return;
5599 
5600   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5601   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5602     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5603       if (MD->isStatic())
5604         return;
5605 
5606   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5607     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5608       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5609       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5610       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5611         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5612           ShadowedDecl = I;
5613           break;
5614         }
5615     }
5616 
5617   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5618 
5619   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5620   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5621     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5622     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5623       return;
5624 
5625     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5626     // static data members from base classes?
5627 
5628     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5629     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5630     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5631   }
5632 
5633   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5634   unsigned Kind;
5635   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5636     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5637       Kind = 3; // field
5638     else
5639       Kind = 2; // static data member
5640   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5641     Kind = 1; // global
5642   else
5643     Kind = 0; // local
5644 
5645   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5646 
5647   // Emit warning and note.
5648   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5649     return;
5650   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5651   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5652 }
5653 
5654 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5655 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5656   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5657         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5658     return;
5659 
5660   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5661                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5662   LookupName(R, S);
5663   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5664 }
5665 
5666 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5667 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5668 template<typename T>
5669 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5670     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5671   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5672   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5673 
5674   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5675     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5676     // declaration.
5677     return false;
5678   }
5679 
5680   if (Prev) {
5681     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5682       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5683       // redeclaration.
5684       Previous.clear();
5685       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5686       return true;
5687     }
5688 
5689     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5690     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5691     // declaration.
5692     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5693       return false;
5694   } else {
5695     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5696     // translation unit which might conflict.
5697     if (IsGlobal) {
5698       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5699       IsGlobal = false;
5700       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5701            I != E; ++I) {
5702         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5703           Prev = *I;
5704           break;
5705         }
5706       }
5707     } else {
5708       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5709           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5710       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5711            I != E; ++I) {
5712         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5713           Prev = *I;
5714           break;
5715         }
5716         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5717         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5718         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5719         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5720         // diagnostic.
5721       }
5722     }
5723 
5724     if (!Prev)
5725       return false;
5726   }
5727 
5728   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5729   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5730   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5731   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5732     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5733   else
5734     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5735 
5736   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5737     << IsGlobal << ND;
5738   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5739     << IsGlobal;
5740   return false;
5741 }
5742 
5743 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5744 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5745 ///
5746 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5747 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5748 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5749 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5750 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5751 template<typename T>
5752 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5753                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5754   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5755     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5756     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5757     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5758     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5759       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5760         Previous.clear();
5761         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5762         return true;
5763       }
5764     }
5765     return false;
5766   }
5767 
5768   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5769   // declaration.
5770   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5771     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5772 
5773   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5774   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5775   // in another scope.
5776   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5777     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5778 
5779   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5780   return false;
5781 }
5782 
5783 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5784   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5785   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5786     return;
5787 
5788   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5789   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5790 
5791   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5792   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5793     return;
5794 
5795   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5796     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5797 
5798   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5799     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5800       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5801     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5802     NewVD->setType(T);
5803   }
5804 
5805   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5806   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5807   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5808   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5809   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5810     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5811     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5812     return;
5813   }
5814 
5815   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5816   // __constant address space.
5817   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5818       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5819       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5820     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5821     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5822     return;
5823   }
5824 
5825   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5826   // scope.
5827   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5828       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5829     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5830     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5831     return;
5832   }
5833 
5834   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5835       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5836     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5837       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5838     else {
5839       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5840       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5841     }
5842   }
5843 
5844   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5845   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5846       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5847     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5848 
5849   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5850       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5851     bool SizeIsNegative;
5852     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5853     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5854       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5855                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5856     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5857       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5858       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5859       // int a[10][n];
5860       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5861 
5862       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5863         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5864         << SizeRange;
5865       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5866         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5867         << SizeRange;
5868       else
5869         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5870         << SizeRange;
5871       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5872       return;
5873     }
5874 
5875     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5876       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5877         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5878       else
5879         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5880       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5881       return;
5882     }
5883 
5884     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5885     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5886     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5887   }
5888 
5889   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5890     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5891     //                    of objects and functions.
5892     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5893       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5894         << T;
5895       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5896       return;
5897     }
5898   }
5899 
5900   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5901     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5902     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5903     return;
5904   }
5905 
5906   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5907     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5908     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5909     return;
5910   }
5911 
5912   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5913       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5914                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5915     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5916     return;
5917   }
5918 }
5919 
5920 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5921 /// declaration.
5922 ///
5923 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5924 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5925 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5926 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5927 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5928 ///
5929 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5930 ///
5931 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5932 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5933   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5934 
5935   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5936   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5937     return false;
5938 
5939   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5940   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5941   if (Previous.empty() &&
5942       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5943     Previous.setShadowed();
5944 
5945   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5946   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5947 
5948   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5949     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
5950     return true;
5951   }
5952   return false;
5953 }
5954 
5955 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5956 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5957   Sema *S;
5958   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5959 };
5960 
5961 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5962 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5963 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5964 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5965                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5966                                  void *UserData) {
5967   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5968 
5969   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5970     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5971 
5972   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5973 
5974   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5975   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5976     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5977     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5978     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5979 
5980     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5981   }
5982 
5983   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5984        !Path.Decls.empty();
5985        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5986     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5987     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5988       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5989         return true;
5990     }
5991   }
5992 
5993   return false;
5994 }
5995 
5996 namespace {
5997   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5998 }
5999 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6000 /// overriden methods.
6001 ///
6002 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6003 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6004 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6005 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6006                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6007   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6008   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6009                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6010        I != E; ++I) {
6011     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6012     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6013     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6014     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6015         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6016         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6017       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6018   }
6019 }
6020 
6021 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6022 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6023 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6024   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6025   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6026   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6027   Data.Method = MD;
6028   Data.S = this;
6029   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6030   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6031   bool AddedAny = false;
6032   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6033     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6034       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6035         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6036         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6037             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6038             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6039             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6040           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6041           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6042           AddedAny = true;
6043         }
6044       }
6045     }
6046   }
6047 
6048   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6049     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6050   }
6051   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6052     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6053   }
6054 
6055   return AddedAny;
6056 }
6057 
6058 namespace {
6059   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6060   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6061   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6062     Scope *S;
6063     Declarator &D;
6064     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6065     bool AddToScope;
6066   };
6067 }
6068 
6069 namespace {
6070 
6071 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6072 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6073 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6074  public:
6075   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6076                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6077       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6078         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
6079 
6080   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6081     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6082       return false;
6083 
6084     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6085     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6086                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6087          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6088       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6089 
6090       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6091           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6092         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6093           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6094           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6095             return true;
6096         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6097           return true;
6098         }
6099       }
6100     }
6101 
6102     return false;
6103   }
6104 
6105  private:
6106   ASTContext &Context;
6107   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6108   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6109 };
6110 
6111 }
6112 
6113 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6114 ///
6115 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6116 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6117 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6118 /// the same name.
6119 ///
6120 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6121 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6122 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6123     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6124     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6125   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6126   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6127   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6128   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6129   TypoCorrection Correction;
6130   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6131   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6132                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6133   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6134                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6135                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6136                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6137 
6138   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6139   if (IsLocalFriend)
6140     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6141   else
6142     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6143   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6144          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6145   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6146   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6147                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
6148   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6149     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6150          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6151       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6152       if (FD &&
6153           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6154         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6155         // involve a parameter
6156         unsigned ParamNum =
6157             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6158         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6159       }
6160     }
6161   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6162   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6163                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6164                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6165                  Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6166     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6167     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6168                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6169     Previous.clear();
6170     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6171     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6172                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6173          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6174       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6175       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6176           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6177         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6178       }
6179     }
6180     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6181 
6182     NamedDecl *Result;
6183     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6184     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6185     {
6186       // Trap errors.
6187       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6188 
6189       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6190       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6191       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6192       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6193           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6194           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6195           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6196           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6197 
6198       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6199         Result = 0;
6200     }
6201 
6202     if (Result) {
6203       // Determine which correction we picked.
6204       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6205       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6206            I != E; ++I)
6207         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6208           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6209 
6210       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6211           Correction,
6212           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6213                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6214                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6215             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6216       return Result;
6217     }
6218 
6219     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6220     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6221                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6222     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6223     Previous.clear();
6224     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6225   }
6226 
6227   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6228       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6229 
6230   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6231   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6232     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6233 
6234   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6235        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6236        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6237     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6238     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6239     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6240     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6241 
6242     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6243     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6244       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6245       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6246       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6247       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6248                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6249         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6250         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6251     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6252       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6253           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6254     } else
6255       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6256                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6257                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6258   }
6259   return 0;
6260 }
6261 
6262 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6263                                                           Declarator &D) {
6264   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6265   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6266   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6267   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6268   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6269     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6270                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6271     D.setInvalidType();
6272     break;
6273   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6274   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6275     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6276       return SC_None;
6277     return SC_Extern;
6278   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6279     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6280       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6281       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6282       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6283       //   other than extern
6284       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6285       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6286                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6287       break;
6288     } else
6289       return SC_Static;
6290   }
6291   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6292   }
6293 
6294   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6295   return SC_None;
6296 }
6297 
6298 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6299                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6300                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6301                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6302                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6303   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6304   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6305 
6306   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6307   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6308 
6309   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6310     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6311     // prototype. This true when:
6312     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6313     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6314     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6315     bool HasPrototype =
6316       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6317       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6318 
6319     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6320                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6321                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6322                                  HasPrototype, false);
6323     if (D.isInvalidType())
6324       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6325 
6326     // Set the lexical context.
6327     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6328 
6329     return NewFD;
6330   }
6331 
6332   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6333   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6334 
6335   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6336   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6337   // the class has been completely parsed.
6338   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6339       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6340           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6341           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6342     D.setInvalidType();
6343 
6344   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6345     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6346     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6347            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6348 
6349     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6350     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6351                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6352                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6353                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6354                                       isConstexpr);
6355 
6356   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6357     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6358     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6359       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6360       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6361       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6362                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6363                                         D.getLocStart(),
6364                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6365                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6366 
6367       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6368       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6369       // it yet.
6370       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6371           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6372           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6373         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6374       }
6375 
6376       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6377       return NewDD;
6378 
6379     } else {
6380       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6381       D.setInvalidType();
6382 
6383       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6384       // code path.
6385       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6386                                   D.getLocStart(),
6387                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6388                                   SC, isInline,
6389                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6390     }
6391 
6392   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6393     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6394       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6395            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6396       return 0;
6397     }
6398 
6399     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6400     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6401     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6402                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6403                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6404                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6405 
6406   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6407     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6408     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6409     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6410     // constructor if it has no return type).
6411     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6412         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6413       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6414         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6415         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6416       return 0;
6417     }
6418 
6419     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6420     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6421                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6422                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6423                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6424                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6425     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6426     return Ret;
6427   } else {
6428     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6429     // prototype. This true when:
6430     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6431     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6432                                 D.getLocStart(),
6433                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6434                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6435   }
6436 }
6437 
6438 enum OpenCLParamType {
6439   ValidKernelParam,
6440   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6441   PtrKernelParam,
6442   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6443   InvalidKernelParam,
6444   RecordKernelParam
6445 };
6446 
6447 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6448   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6449     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6450     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6451       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6452     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6453                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6454   }
6455 
6456   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6457   // be used as builtin types.
6458 
6459   if (PT->isImageType())
6460     return PtrKernelParam;
6461 
6462   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6463     return InvalidKernelParam;
6464 
6465   if (PT->isEventT())
6466     return InvalidKernelParam;
6467 
6468   if (PT->isHalfType())
6469     return InvalidKernelParam;
6470 
6471   if (PT->isRecordType())
6472     return RecordKernelParam;
6473 
6474   return ValidKernelParam;
6475 }
6476 
6477 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6478   Sema &S,
6479   Declarator &D,
6480   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6481   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6482   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6483 
6484   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6485   // used again
6486   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6487     return;
6488 
6489   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6490   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6491     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6492     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6493     // pointer to a pointer type.
6494     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6495     D.setInvalidType();
6496     return;
6497 
6498   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6499     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6500     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6501     // pointer to the private address space.
6502     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6503     D.setInvalidType();
6504     return;
6505 
6506     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6507     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6508     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6509     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6510     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6511 
6512   case InvalidKernelParam:
6513     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6514     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6515     // of event_t type.
6516     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6517     D.setInvalidType();
6518     return;
6519 
6520   case PtrKernelParam:
6521   case ValidKernelParam:
6522     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6523     return;
6524 
6525   case RecordKernelParam:
6526     break;
6527   }
6528 
6529   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6530   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6531 
6532   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6533   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6534   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6535   HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6536 
6537   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6538   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6539 
6540   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6541 
6542   do {
6543     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6544     if (!Next) {
6545       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6546       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6547       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6548         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6549 
6550       continue;
6551     }
6552 
6553     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6554     // field itself) to the history stack.
6555     const RecordDecl *RD;
6556     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6557       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6558       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6559     } else {
6560       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6561     }
6562 
6563     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6564     VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6565 
6566     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6567       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6568 
6569       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6570         continue;
6571 
6572       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6573       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6574         continue;
6575 
6576       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6577         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6578         continue;
6579       }
6580 
6581       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6582       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6583       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6584       // union.
6585       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6586           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6587         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6588                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6589           << PT->isUnionType()
6590           << PT;
6591       } else {
6592         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6593       }
6594 
6595       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6596         << PD->getDeclName();
6597 
6598       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6599       // the offending field came from
6600       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6601              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6602         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6603         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6604           << OuterField->getType();
6605       }
6606 
6607       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6608         << QT->isPointerType()
6609         << QT;
6610       D.setInvalidType();
6611       return;
6612     }
6613   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6614 }
6615 
6616 NamedDecl*
6617 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6618                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6619                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6620                               bool &AddToScope) {
6621   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6622 
6623   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6624 
6625   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6626   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6627   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6628   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6629 
6630   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6631     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6632          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6633       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6634 
6635   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6636     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6637 
6638   bool isFriend = false;
6639   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6640   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6641   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6642 
6643   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6644   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6645   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6646 
6647   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6648 
6649   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6650   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6651 
6652   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6653                                               isVirtualOkay);
6654   if (!NewFD) return 0;
6655 
6656   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6657     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6658 
6659   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6660   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6661   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6662   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6663 
6664   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6665     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6666 
6667   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6668     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6669     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6670     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6671     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6672     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6673     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6674       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6675       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6676       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6677       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6678     }
6679 
6680     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6681     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6682     // return true).
6683     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6684           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6685       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6686         NewFD->setPure(true);
6687     }
6688 
6689     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6690     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6691     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6692     if (D.isInvalidType())
6693       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6694 
6695     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6696     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6697     bool Invalid = false;
6698     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6699             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6700                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6701                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6702                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6703                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6704                     : 0,
6705                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6706                 Invalid)) {
6707       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6708         // This is a function template
6709 
6710         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6711         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6712           return 0;
6713 
6714         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6715         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6716           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6717           return 0;
6718         }
6719 
6720         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6721         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6722         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6723         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6724           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6725           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6726             Invalid = true;
6727         }
6728 
6729 
6730         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6731                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6732                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6733                                                         NewFD);
6734         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6735         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6736 
6737         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6738         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6739           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6740                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6741                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6742         }
6743       } else {
6744         // This is a function template specialization.
6745         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6746         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6747         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6748           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6749                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
6750                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6751 
6752         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6753         if (isFriend) {
6754           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6755           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6756 
6757           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6758           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6759           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6760           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6761           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6762           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6763           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6764             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6765             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6766           }
6767 
6768           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6769             << Name << RemoveRange
6770             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6771             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6772         }
6773       }
6774     }
6775     else {
6776       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6777       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6778       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6779         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6780         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6781                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6782                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6783     }
6784 
6785     if (Invalid) {
6786       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6787       if (FunctionTemplate)
6788         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6789     }
6790 
6791     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6792     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6793     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6794     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6795     //
6796     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6797       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6798         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6799              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6800       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6801         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6802         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6803              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6804           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6805       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6806         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6807         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6808         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6809              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6810           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6811       } else {
6812         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6813         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6814       }
6815 
6816       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6817           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
6818         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6819     }
6820 
6821     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6822         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6823          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6824         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6825       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6826       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6827       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6828       // thing to do.
6829       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6830       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6831       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6832           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6833       QualType Result =
6834           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
6835       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
6836                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6837     }
6838 
6839     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6840     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6841     //  declaration.
6842     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6843       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6844         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6845         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6846              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6847           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6848       }
6849     }
6850 
6851     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6852     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6853     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6854     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6855     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6856       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6857         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6858         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6859              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6860           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6861       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6862                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6863         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6864         // or conversion function.
6865         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6866              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6867           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6868       }
6869     }
6870 
6871     if (isConstexpr) {
6872       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6873       // are implicitly inline.
6874       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6875 
6876       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6877       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6878       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6879       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6880         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6881     }
6882 
6883     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6884     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6885       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6886         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6887           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6888         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6889           << 0
6890           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6891       } else {
6892         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6893         if (FunctionTemplate)
6894           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6895       }
6896     }
6897 
6898     if (isFriend) {
6899       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6900         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6901         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6902       }
6903       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6904       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6905     }
6906 
6907     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6908     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
6909     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
6910     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6911       case FDK_Declaration:
6912       case FDK_Definition:
6913         break;
6914 
6915       case FDK_Defaulted:
6916         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6917         break;
6918 
6919       case FDK_Deleted:
6920         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6921         break;
6922     }
6923 
6924     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6925         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6926       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6927       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6928       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6929       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6930     }
6931 
6932     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6933         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6934       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6935       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6936       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6937       //   the class.
6938 
6939       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6940       // member function definition.
6941       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6942            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6943         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6944     }
6945 
6946     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6947     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6948     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6949     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6950     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6951          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6952         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6953       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6954       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6955       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
6956                                              FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
6957     }
6958   }
6959 
6960   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6961   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6962                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6963                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6964                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6965 
6966   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6967   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6968     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6969     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6970     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6971                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
6972   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6973     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6974       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6975     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6976       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6977       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6978     }
6979   }
6980 
6981   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6982   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6983   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6984   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6985     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6986 
6987     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6988     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6989     // single void argument.
6990     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6991     // already checks for that case.
6992     if (FTI.NumParams == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.Params[0].Ident == 0 &&
6993         FTI.Params[0].Param &&
6994         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6995       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6996     } else if (FTI.NumParams > 0 && FTI.Params[0].Param != 0) {
6997       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
6998         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
6999         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7000         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7001         Params.push_back(Param);
7002 
7003         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7004           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7005       }
7006     }
7007 
7008   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7009     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7010     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7011     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7012     //
7013     // @code
7014     // typedef void fn(int);
7015     // fn f;
7016     // @endcode
7017 
7018     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7019     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7020       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7021           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7022       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7023       Params.push_back(Param);
7024     }
7025   } else {
7026     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7027            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7028   }
7029 
7030   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7031   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7032 
7033   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7034   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7035   //
7036   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7037   //
7038   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7039   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7040   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7041 
7042   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7043     NewFD->addAttr(
7044         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7045                                        Context, 0));
7046 
7047   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7048   // because all functions have linkage.
7049   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7050       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7051     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7052     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7053   }
7054 
7055   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7056       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7057     NewFD->addAttr(
7058         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7059                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7060                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7061     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7062                      PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD))
7063       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7064   }
7065 
7066   // Handle attributes.
7067   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7068 
7069   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7070   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7071       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7072   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7073       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7074     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7075     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7076     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7077     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7078     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7079       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7080   }
7081 
7082   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7083     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7084     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7085     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7086     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7087         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7088         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7089       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7090            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7091       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7092     }
7093   }
7094 
7095   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7096     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7097     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7098     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7099       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7100 
7101     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7102       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7103 
7104     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7105       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7106                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7107     else if (!Previous.empty())
7108       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7109       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7110     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7111             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7112            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7113   } else {
7114     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7115     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7116     //
7117     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7118     //
7119     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7120     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7121     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7122         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7123         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7124       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7125            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7126         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7127 
7128     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7129     // argument list into our AST format.
7130     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7131       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7132       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7133       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7134       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7135                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7136       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7137                                  TemplateArgs);
7138 
7139       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7140 
7141       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7142         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7143       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7144         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7145         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7146           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7147 
7148         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7149       } else {
7150         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7151                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7152                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7153         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7154         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7155       }
7156     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7157       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7158       // wrote something like:
7159       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7160       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7161       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7162       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7163       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7164       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7165       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7166     }
7167 
7168     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7169     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7170     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7171     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7172     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7173     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7174         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7175          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7176             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7177             InstantiationDependent))) {
7178       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7179              "friend function specialization without template args");
7180       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7181                                                        Previous))
7182         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7183     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7184       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7185           && !isFriend) {
7186         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7187         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7188           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7189           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7190           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7191       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7192                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7193                                                      Previous))
7194         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7195 
7196       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7197       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7198       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7199       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7200           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7201       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7202         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7203           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7204                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7205             << SC
7206             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7207                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7208 
7209         else
7210           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7211                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7212             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7213                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7214       }
7215 
7216     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7217       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7218           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7219     }
7220 
7221     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7222     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7223       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7224         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7225 
7226       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7227         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7228 
7229       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7230         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7231                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7232     }
7233 
7234     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7235             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7236            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7237 
7238     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7239                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7240                                 : NewFD);
7241 
7242     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7243       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7244       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7245         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7246 
7247       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7248       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7249     }
7250 
7251     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7252         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7253       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7254 
7255     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7256     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7257     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7258       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7259                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7260       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7261                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7262                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7263                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7264                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7265                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7266                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7267                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7268                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7269                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7270                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7271     }
7272 
7273     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7274       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7275     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7276       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7277                                        AddToScope };
7278       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7279       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7280         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7281 
7282       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7283       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7284         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7285         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7286 
7287         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7288         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7289         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7290         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7291         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7292         // can actually do this check immediately.
7293         if (isFriend &&
7294             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7295              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7296              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7297           // ignore these
7298         } else {
7299           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7300           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7301           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7302           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7303           //
7304           // class X {
7305           //   void f() const;
7306           // };
7307           //
7308           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7309           //
7310           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7311           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7312           // whether the parameter types are references).
7313 
7314           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7315                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7316             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7317             return Result;
7318           }
7319         }
7320 
7321         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7322         // to something.
7323       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7324         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7325                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7326           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7327           return Result;
7328         }
7329       }
7330 
7331     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7332                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7333                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7334                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7335       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7336       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7337       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7338       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7339       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7340       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7341       // generate them.
7342       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7343         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7344     }
7345   }
7346 
7347   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7348   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7349 
7350   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7351 
7352   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7353       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7354     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7355          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7356       << NewFD;
7357 
7358     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7359     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7360     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7361         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7362     EPI.Variadic = true;
7363     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7364 
7365     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7366     NewFD->setType(R);
7367   }
7368 
7369   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7370   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7371   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7372     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7373 
7374   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7375   // marking the function.
7376   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7377 
7378   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7379   // the map of such variables.
7380   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7381       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7382     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7383 
7384   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7385   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7386 
7387   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7388     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7389         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7390         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7391   }
7392 
7393   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7394     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7395       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7396         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7397       return FunctionTemplate;
7398     }
7399   }
7400 
7401   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7402     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7403     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7404         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7405       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7406       D.setInvalidType();
7407     }
7408 
7409     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7410     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7411       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7412            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7413       D.setInvalidType();
7414     }
7415 
7416     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7417     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7418       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7419   }
7420 
7421   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7422 
7423   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7424     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7425       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7426           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7427         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7428           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7429             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7430 
7431           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7432         }
7433       }
7434 
7435   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7436   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7437   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7438   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7439     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7440                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7441                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7442                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7443                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7444     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7445     AddToScope = false;
7446   }
7447 
7448   return NewFD;
7449 }
7450 
7451 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7452 ///
7453 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7454 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7455 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7456 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7457 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7458 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7459 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7460 ///
7461 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7462 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7463 ///
7464 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7465 ///
7466 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7467 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7468                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7469                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7470   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7471          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7472 
7473   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7474   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7475   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7476   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7477                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7478 
7479   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7480   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7481 
7482   bool Redeclaration = false;
7483   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7484 
7485   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7486   // the same name, if appropriate.
7487   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7488     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7489     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7490     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7491     // function to the scope.
7492     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7493       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7494       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7495         Redeclaration = true;
7496         OldDecl = Candidate;
7497       }
7498     } else {
7499       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7500                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7501       case Ovl_Match:
7502         Redeclaration = true;
7503         break;
7504 
7505       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7506         Redeclaration = true;
7507         break;
7508 
7509       case Ovl_Overload:
7510         Redeclaration = false;
7511         break;
7512       }
7513 
7514       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7515         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7516         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7517         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7518           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7519         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7520         if (Redeclaration)
7521           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7522         else if (!Previous.empty())
7523           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7524         if (OverloadedDecl)
7525           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7526                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7527         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7528       }
7529     }
7530   }
7531 
7532   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7533   if (!Redeclaration &&
7534       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7535     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7536     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7537       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7538       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7539       Redeclaration = true;
7540       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7541       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7542 
7543       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7544       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7545         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7546           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7547             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7548           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7549                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7550           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7551         }
7552         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7553           Redeclaration = false;
7554           OldDecl = 0;
7555         }
7556       }
7557     }
7558   }
7559 
7560   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7561   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7562   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7563   //
7564   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7565   // definition of a static member function.
7566   //
7567   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7568   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7569   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7570   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7571       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7572       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7573     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = 0;
7574     if (OldDecl)
7575       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7576     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7577       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7578         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7579       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7580       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7581       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7582                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7583 
7584       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7585       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7586       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7587         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7588         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7589                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7590           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7591 
7592         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7593           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7594       }
7595     }
7596   }
7597 
7598   if (Redeclaration) {
7599     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7600     // merged.
7601     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7602       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7603       return Redeclaration;
7604     }
7605 
7606     Previous.clear();
7607     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7608 
7609     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7610                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7611       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7612       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7613         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7614       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7615       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7616             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7617         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7618         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7619       }
7620 
7621       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7622       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7623       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7624           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7625         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7626         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7627       }
7628 
7629     } else {
7630       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7631       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7632 
7633       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7634         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7635         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7636         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7637         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7638 
7639         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7640         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7641         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7642 
7643         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7644         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7645             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7646           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7647           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7648           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7649           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7650           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7651             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7652           }
7653         }
7654       }
7655     }
7656   }
7657 
7658   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7659   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7660     // C++-specific checks.
7661     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7662       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7663     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7664                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7665       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7666       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7667 
7668       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7669       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7670       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7671         DeclarationName Name
7672           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7673                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7674         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7675           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7676           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7677           return Redeclaration;
7678         }
7679       }
7680     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7681                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7682       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7683     }
7684 
7685     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7686     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7687       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7688           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7689           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7690         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7691           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7692           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7693             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7694           }
7695         }
7696       }
7697 
7698       if (Method->isStatic())
7699         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7700     }
7701 
7702     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7703     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7704         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7705       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7706       return Redeclaration;
7707     }
7708 
7709     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7710     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7711         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7712       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7713       return Redeclaration;
7714     }
7715 
7716     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7717     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7718     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7719     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7720       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7721 
7722     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7723     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7724     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7725       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7726       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7727       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7728       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7729         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7730         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7731         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7732       }
7733     }
7734 
7735     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7736     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7737     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7738     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7739     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7740       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7741       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7742         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7743             << NewFD << R;
7744       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7745                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7746         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7747     }
7748   }
7749   return Redeclaration;
7750 }
7751 
7752 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7753   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7754   if (!TSI)
7755     return SourceRange();
7756 
7757   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7758   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7759   if (!FunctionTL)
7760     return SourceRange();
7761 
7762   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc();
7763   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7764     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7765 
7766   return SourceRange();
7767 }
7768 
7769 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7770   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7771   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7772   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7773   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7774   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7775   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7776   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7777   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7778     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7779          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7780       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7781   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7782     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7783       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7784   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7785     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7786     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7787                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7788     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7789     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7790       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7791   }
7792   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7793     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7794       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7795     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7796   }
7797 
7798   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7799     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7800         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7801     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7802     return;
7803   }
7804 
7805   QualType T = FD->getType();
7806   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7807   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7808 
7809   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7810   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7811     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7812     // set the flag which tells us that.
7813     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7814     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7815 
7816   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7817   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7818   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7819   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7820     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7821 
7822     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7823     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7824       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7825           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7826 
7827   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7828   } else {
7829     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7830     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7831       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7832           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7833     else
7834       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7835 
7836     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7837   }
7838 
7839   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7840   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7841 
7842   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7843   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
7844   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7845 
7846   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7847 
7848   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7849   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7850   // getting shifty.
7851   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7852     HasExtraParameters = false;
7853 
7854   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7855     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7856     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7857     nparams = 3;
7858   }
7859 
7860   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7861   // if we had some location information about types.
7862 
7863   QualType CharPP =
7864     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7865   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7866 
7867   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7868     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
7869 
7870     bool mismatch = true;
7871 
7872     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7873       mismatch = false;
7874     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7875       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7876       //   char const **
7877       //   char const * const *
7878       //   char * const *
7879 
7880       QualifierCollector qs;
7881       const PointerType* PT;
7882       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7883           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7884           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7885                               Context.CharTy)) {
7886         qs.removeConst();
7887         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7888       }
7889     }
7890 
7891     if (mismatch) {
7892       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7893       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7894       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7895     }
7896   }
7897 
7898   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7899     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7900   }
7901 
7902   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7903     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7904     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7905   }
7906 }
7907 
7908 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7909   QualType T = FD->getType();
7910   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7911   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7912 
7913   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7914   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7915   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7916       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7917       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
7918     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7919     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7920       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7921 
7922   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7923     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7924     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7925   }
7926 }
7927 
7928 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7929   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7930   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7931   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7932   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7933   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7934   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7935   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7936   // rules there don't matter.)
7937   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7938     return false;
7939   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7940     << Init->getSourceRange();
7941   return true;
7942 }
7943 
7944 namespace {
7945   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7946   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7947   class SelfReferenceChecker
7948       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7949     Sema &S;
7950     Decl *OrigDecl;
7951     bool isRecordType;
7952     bool isPODType;
7953     bool isReferenceType;
7954 
7955   public:
7956     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7957 
7958     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7959                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7960       isPODType = false;
7961       isRecordType = false;
7962       isReferenceType = false;
7963       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7964         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7965         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7966         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7967       }
7968     }
7969 
7970     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7971     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7972     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7973     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7974       if (isReferenceType)
7975         return;
7976       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7977       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7978         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7979         return;
7980       }
7981 
7982       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7983         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7984         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7985         return;
7986       }
7987 
7988       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7989         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7990         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7991           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7992           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7993             return;
7994           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7995         }
7996         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7997           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7998         return;
7999       }
8000     }
8001 
8002     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
8003     // bad, not just r-value uses.
8004     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8005       if (isReferenceType)
8006         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8007     }
8008 
8009     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8010       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
8011           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
8012         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8013 
8014       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8015     }
8016 
8017     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8018       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8019       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8020 
8021       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8022       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8023       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8024       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8025       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8026       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8027         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8028           Warn = false;
8029         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8030       }
8031 
8032       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8033         if (Warn)
8034           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8035         return;
8036       }
8037 
8038       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8039       // Visit that expression.
8040       Visit(Base);
8041     }
8042 
8043     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8044       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8045         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8046           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8047 
8048       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8049     }
8050 
8051     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8052       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8053       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8054           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8055         if (!isPODType)
8056           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8057         return;
8058       }
8059       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8060     }
8061 
8062     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8063 
8064     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8065       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8066       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8067       unsigned diag;
8068       if (isReferenceType) {
8069         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8070       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8071         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8072       } else {
8073         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8074       }
8075 
8076       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8077                             S.PDiag(diag)
8078                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8079                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8080                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8081     }
8082   };
8083 
8084   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8085   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8086                                  bool DirectInit) {
8087     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8088     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8089     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8090       return;
8091 
8092     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8093 
8094     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8095     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8096     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8097       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8098         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8099           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8100             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8101               return;
8102 
8103     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8104   }
8105 }
8106 
8107 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8108 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8109 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8110 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8111                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8112   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8113   // the initializer.
8114   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8115     return;
8116 
8117   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8118     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8119     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8120     // Thus this grotesque test.
8121     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8122     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8123         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8124       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8125     else {
8126       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8127         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8128       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8129     }
8130     return;
8131   }
8132 
8133   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8134   if (!VDecl) {
8135     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8136     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8137     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8138     return;
8139   }
8140   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8141 
8142   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8143   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8144     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8145     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8146     // contains exactly one expression.
8147     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8148       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8149         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8150         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8151         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8152              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8153                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8154           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8155           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8156         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8157         return;
8158       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8159         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8160              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8161                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8162                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8163           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8164           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8165         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8166         return;
8167       } else {
8168         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8169         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8170           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8171                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8172             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8173             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8174       }
8175     }
8176 
8177     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8178     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8179     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8180         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8181       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8182       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8183         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8184         return;
8185       }
8186       Init = Result.take();
8187       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8188     }
8189 
8190     QualType DeducedType;
8191     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8192             DAR_Failed)
8193       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8194     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8195       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8196       return;
8197     }
8198     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8199     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8200 
8201     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8202     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8203       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8204 
8205     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8206     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8207     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8208     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8209     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8210         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8211       SourceLocation Loc =
8212           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8213       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8214         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8215     }
8216 
8217     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8218     // the previously declared type.
8219     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8220       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8221       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8222       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8223     }
8224 
8225     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8226     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8227     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8228       return;
8229   }
8230 
8231   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8232   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8233     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8234     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8235     return;
8236   }
8237 
8238   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8239     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8240     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8241     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8242     return;
8243   }
8244 
8245   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8246     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8247     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8248     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8249     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8250     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8251       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8252     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8253                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8254       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8255       return;
8256     }
8257 
8258     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8259     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8260                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8261                                AbstractVariableType))
8262       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8263   }
8264 
8265   const VarDecl *Def;
8266   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8267     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8268       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8269     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8270     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8271     return;
8272   }
8273 
8274   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8275   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8276     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8277     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8278     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8279     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8280     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8281     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8282     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8283     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8284     //
8285     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8286     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8287     // declaration with an initializer.
8288     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8289       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8290           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8291       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8292       return;
8293     }
8294 
8295     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8296       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8297 
8298     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8299       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8300       return;
8301     }
8302   }
8303 
8304   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8305   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8306   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8307     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8308     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8309     return;
8310   }
8311 
8312   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8313   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8314   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8315 
8316   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8317   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8318   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8319       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8320     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8321     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8322       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8323       return;
8324     }
8325     Init = Result.take();
8326   }
8327 
8328   // Perform the initialization.
8329   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8330     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8331     InitializationKind Kind
8332       = DirectInit ?
8333           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8334                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8335                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8336                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8337                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8338                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8339                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8340 
8341     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8342     if (CXXDirectInit)
8343       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8344                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8345 
8346     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8347     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8348     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8349       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8350       return;
8351     }
8352 
8353     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8354   }
8355 
8356   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8357   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8358   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8359   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8360       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8361     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8362   }
8363 
8364   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8365   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8366   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8367   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8368   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8369     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8370 
8371   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8372     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8373 
8374     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8375       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8376 
8377     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8378     // Although this code can still have problems:
8379     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8380     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8381     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8382     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8383     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8384     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8385       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8386         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8387                                  Init->getLocStart());
8388       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8389         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8390     }
8391   }
8392 
8393   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8394   //
8395   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8396   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8397   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8398   //
8399   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8400   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8401   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8402   //
8403   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8404   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8405                                           false,
8406                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8407   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8408     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8409     return;
8410   }
8411   Init = Result.take();
8412 
8413   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8414   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8415 
8416   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8417     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8418     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8419     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8420     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8421       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8422         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8423       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8424       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8425       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8426       // constant expressions.
8427       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8428                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8429                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8430         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8431              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8432           << Init->getSourceRange();
8433     }
8434   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8435              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8436     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8437     //
8438     // struct S {
8439     //   static const int value = 17;
8440     // };
8441 
8442     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8443     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8444     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8445     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8446     //
8447     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8448     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8449     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8450     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8451     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8452     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8453     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8454     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8455     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8456 
8457     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8458     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8459 
8460     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8461     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8462     // type.
8463     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8464 
8465     // Require constness.
8466     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8467       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8468         << Init->getSourceRange();
8469       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8470 
8471     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8472     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8473       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8474       SourceLocation Loc;
8475       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8476         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8477         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8478         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8479       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8480         ; // Nothing to check.
8481       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8482         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8483       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8484         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8485         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8486         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8487           << Init->getSourceRange();
8488       } else {
8489         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8490         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8491         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8492           << Init->getSourceRange();
8493         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8494       }
8495 
8496     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8497     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8498       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8499       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8500       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8501         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8502              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8503             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8504         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8505              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8506             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8507       } else {
8508         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8509           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8510 
8511         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8512           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8513             << Init->getSourceRange();
8514           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8515         }
8516       }
8517 
8518     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8519     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8520       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8521         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8522         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8523       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8524 
8525     } else {
8526       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8527         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8528       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8529     }
8530   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8531     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8532         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8533          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8534            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8535         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8536       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8537 
8538     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8539     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8540       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8541     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8542              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8543              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8544              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8545                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8546       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8547       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8548       //   initialization.
8549       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8550       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8551       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8552         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8553     }
8554   }
8555 
8556   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8557   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8558   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8559   //
8560   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8561   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8562   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8563   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8564   // special case code.
8565 
8566   // C++ 8.5p11:
8567   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8568   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8569   // class type.
8570   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8571     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8572     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8573   } else if (DirectInit) {
8574     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8575     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8576   }
8577 
8578   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8579 }
8580 
8581 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8582 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8583 /// of sanity.
8584 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8585   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8586   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8587   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8588 
8589   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8590   if (!VD) return;
8591 
8592   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8593   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8594     D->setInvalidDecl();
8595     return;
8596   }
8597 
8598   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8599   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8600 
8601   // Require a complete type.
8602   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8603                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8604                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8605     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8606     return;
8607   }
8608 
8609   // Require a non-abstract type.
8610   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8611                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8612                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8613     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8614     return;
8615   }
8616 
8617   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8618   // though.
8619 }
8620 
8621 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8622                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8623   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8624   if (RealDecl == 0)
8625     return;
8626 
8627   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8628     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8629 
8630     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8631     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8632       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8633         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8634       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8635       return;
8636     }
8637 
8638     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8639     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8640     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8641     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8642     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8643     // member.
8644     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8645       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8646         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8647              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8648           << Var->getDeclName();
8649       else
8650         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8651       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8652       return;
8653     }
8654 
8655     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8656     // be initialized.
8657     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8658         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8659         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8660       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8661       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8662       return;
8663     }
8664 
8665     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8666     case VarDecl::Definition:
8667       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8668         break;
8669 
8670       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8671       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8672       // a declaration.
8673       //
8674       // Fall through
8675 
8676     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8677       // It's only a declaration.
8678 
8679       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8680       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8681       // object shall be complete.
8682       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8683           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8684           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8685                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8686         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8687 
8688       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8689       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8690           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8691                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8692                                  AbstractVariableType))
8693         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8694       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8695           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8696         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8697         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8698       }
8699 
8700       return;
8701 
8702     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8703       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8704       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8705       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8706       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8707       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8708       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8709         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8710                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8711           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8712                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8713                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8714             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8715         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8716           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8717           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8718           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8719           // NOTE: code such as the following
8720           //     static struct s;
8721           //     struct s { int a; };
8722           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8723           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8724           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8725           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8726             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8727                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8728         }
8729       }
8730 
8731       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8732       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8733         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8734       return;
8735     }
8736 
8737     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8738     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8739     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8740       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8741            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8742       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8743       return;
8744     }
8745 
8746     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8747     // definitions with reference type.
8748     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8749       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8750         << Var->getDeclName()
8751         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8752       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8753       return;
8754     }
8755 
8756     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8757     // variable with dependent type.
8758     if (Type->isDependentType())
8759       return;
8760 
8761     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8762       return;
8763 
8764     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8765                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8766                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8767       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8768       return;
8769     }
8770 
8771     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8772     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8773                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8774                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8775       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8776       return;
8777     }
8778 
8779     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8780     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8781     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8782     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8783     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8784     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8785     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8786     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8787     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8788     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8789     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8790       if (const RecordType *Record
8791             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8792         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8793         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8794         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8795         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8796         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8797           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8798       }
8799     }
8800 
8801     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8802     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8803     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8804     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8805     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8806     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8807     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8808     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8809     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8810     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8811     //   program is ill-formed.
8812     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8813     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8814     //   default-initialized; [...].
8815     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8816     InitializationKind Kind
8817       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8818 
8819     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8820     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8821     if (Init.isInvalid())
8822       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8823     else if (Init.get()) {
8824       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8825       // This is important for template substitution.
8826       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8827     }
8828 
8829     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8830   }
8831 }
8832 
8833 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8834   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8835   if (!VD) {
8836     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8837     D->setInvalidDecl();
8838     return;
8839   }
8840 
8841   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8842 
8843   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8844   int Error = -1;
8845   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8846   case SC_None:
8847     break;
8848   case SC_Extern:
8849     Error = 0;
8850     break;
8851   case SC_Static:
8852     Error = 1;
8853     break;
8854   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8855     Error = 2;
8856     break;
8857   case SC_Auto:
8858     Error = 3;
8859     break;
8860   case SC_Register:
8861     Error = 4;
8862     break;
8863   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8864     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8865   }
8866   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8867     Error = 5;
8868   if (Error != -1) {
8869     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8870       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8871     D->setInvalidDecl();
8872   }
8873 }
8874 
8875 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8876   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8877 
8878   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8879   // local retaining variable.
8880   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8881       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8882     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8883     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8884     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8885     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8886       break;
8887 
8888     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8889     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8890       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8891       break;
8892     }
8893   }
8894 
8895   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
8896   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
8897   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
8898   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
8899   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
8900   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8901       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8902       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8903       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8904                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8905                        var->getLocation())) {
8906     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8907     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8908     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8909       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8910 
8911     if (!prev)
8912       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8913   }
8914 
8915   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8916       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8917     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8918     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8919     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8920     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8921     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8922       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8923   }
8924 
8925   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8926       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8927     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
8928     int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read;
8929     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
8930       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
8931     else if (!var->getInit()) {
8932       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
8933       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
8934     } else {
8935       Stack = &DataSegStack;
8936       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
8937     }
8938     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
8939       var->addAttr(
8940           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
8941                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
8942                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
8943     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
8944       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
8945         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
8946   }
8947 
8948   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8949   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8950 
8951   QualType type = var->getType();
8952   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8953 
8954   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8955   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8956     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8957     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8958 
8959     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8960     // constructing this copy.
8961     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8962       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8963       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8964       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8965       ExprResult result
8966         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8967             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8968             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8969       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8970         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8971         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8972         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8973       }
8974     }
8975   }
8976 
8977   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8978   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8979   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8980 
8981   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8982       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8983     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8984         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8985                                             var->getLocation())
8986           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
8987       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
8988       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
8989       // warned about them.
8990       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8991       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
8992           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8993         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8994           << Init->getSourceRange();
8995     }
8996 
8997     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8998       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8999       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9000         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9001         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9002         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9003         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9004               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9005           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9006           Notes.clear();
9007         }
9008         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9009           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9010         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9011           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9012       }
9013     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9014       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9015       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9016       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9017       var->checkInitIsICE();
9018     }
9019   }
9020 
9021   // Require the destructor.
9022   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9023     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9024 }
9025 
9026 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9027 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9028 void
9029 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9030   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9031   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9032 
9033   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9034   if (!VD)
9035     return;
9036 
9037   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9038 
9039   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9040     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9041       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9042       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9043     }
9044   }
9045 
9046   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9047       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9048     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9049       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9050         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9051             << VD->getDeclName();
9052         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9053         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9054       }
9055     }
9056   }
9057 
9058   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9059   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9060   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9061   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9062     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9063 
9064   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9065   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
9066     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9067 
9068   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9069   // tag values.
9070   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9071       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9072     return;
9073 
9074   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9075     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9076     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9077       continue;
9078     }
9079     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9080     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9081       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9082            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9083         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9084       continue;
9085     }
9086     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9087       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9088            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9089         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9090       continue;
9091     }
9092     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9093     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9094                                MagicValue,
9095                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9096                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9097                                I->getMustBeNull());
9098   }
9099 }
9100 
9101 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9102                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9103   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9104 
9105   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9106     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9107 
9108   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0;
9109   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9110     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9111       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9112         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9113           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9114       Decls.push_back(D);
9115     }
9116 
9117   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9118     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9119       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9120       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9121         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9122     }
9123   }
9124 
9125   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9126 }
9127 
9128 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9129 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9130 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9131 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9132                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9133   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9134   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9135   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9136   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9137   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9138   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9139   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9140   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9141     QualType Deduced;
9142     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9143     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
9144     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9145       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9146         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9147         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9148         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9149           break;
9150         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9151         if (!U.isNull()) {
9152           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9153           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9154             Deduced = U;
9155             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9156             DeducedDecl = D;
9157           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9158             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9159                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9160               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9161               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9162               << U << D->getDeclName()
9163               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9164               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9165             D->setInvalidDecl();
9166             break;
9167           }
9168         }
9169       }
9170     }
9171   }
9172 
9173   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9174 
9175   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9176       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9177 }
9178 
9179 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9180   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9181 }
9182 
9183 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9184   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9185   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9186    return;
9187 
9188   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9189                                Group[0]->getLocation())
9190         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9191     return;
9192 
9193   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9194     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9195     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9196     // additional declaration references:
9197     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9198     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9199     //   'struct S *pS;'
9200     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9201     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9202     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9203       Group = Group.slice(1);
9204     }
9205   }
9206 
9207   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9208   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9209   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9210       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9211     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9212     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9213     //
9214     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9215     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9216     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9217     // ahead through comments.
9218     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9219       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9220   }
9221 }
9222 
9223 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9224 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9225 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9226   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9227 
9228   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9229 
9230   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9231   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9232   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9233     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9234   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9235              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9236     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9237   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9238     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9239          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9240     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9241   }
9242 
9243   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9244     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9245       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9246   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9247     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9248       << 0;
9249 
9250   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9251 
9252   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9253   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9254 
9255   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9256     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9257     // parameter.
9258     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9259 
9260     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9261     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9262       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9263         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9264       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9265     }
9266   }
9267 
9268   // Ensure we have a valid name
9269   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9270   if (D.hasName()) {
9271     II = D.getIdentifier();
9272     if (!II) {
9273       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9274         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9275       D.setInvalidType(true);
9276     }
9277   }
9278 
9279   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9280   if (II) {
9281     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9282                    ForRedeclaration);
9283     LookupName(R, S);
9284     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9285       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9286       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9287         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9288         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9289         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9290         PrevDecl = 0;
9291       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9292         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9293         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9294 
9295         // Recover by removing the name
9296         II = 0;
9297         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9298         D.setInvalidType(true);
9299       }
9300     }
9301   }
9302 
9303   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9304   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9305   // looking like class members in C++.
9306   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9307                                     D.getLocStart(),
9308                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9309                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9310                                     StorageClass);
9311 
9312   if (D.isInvalidType())
9313     New->setInvalidDecl();
9314 
9315   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9316   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9317   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9318                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9319 
9320   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9321   S->AddDecl(New);
9322   if (II)
9323     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9324 
9325   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9326 
9327   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9328     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9329       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9330       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9331       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9332 
9333   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9334     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9335   }
9336   return New;
9337 }
9338 
9339 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9340 /// typedef.
9341 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9342                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9343                                               QualType T) {
9344   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9345      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9346      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9347   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9348                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9349                                            SC_None, 0);
9350   Param->setImplicit();
9351   return Param;
9352 }
9353 
9354 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9355                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9356   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9357   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9358   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9359     return;
9360 
9361   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9362     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9363         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9364       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9365         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9366     }
9367   }
9368 }
9369 
9370 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9371                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9372                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9373                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9374   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9375     return;
9376 
9377   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9378   // threshold.
9379   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9380     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9381     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9382       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9383           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9384   }
9385 
9386   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9387   // threshold.
9388   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9389     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9390     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9391       continue;
9392     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9393     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9394       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9395           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9396   }
9397 }
9398 
9399 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9400                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9401                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9402                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9403   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9404   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9405       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9406       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9407 
9408     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9409 
9410     // Special cases for arrays:
9411     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9412     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9413     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9414       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9415         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9416             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9417             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9418       }
9419       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9420     } else {
9421       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9422     }
9423     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9424   }
9425 
9426   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9427                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9428                                          TSInfo,
9429                                          StorageClass, 0);
9430 
9431   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9432   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9433   // the class has been completely parsed.
9434   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9435       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9436                              AbstractParamType))
9437     New->setInvalidDecl();
9438 
9439   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9440   // passed by reference.
9441   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9442     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9443     Diag(NameLoc,
9444          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9445       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9446     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9447     New->setType(T);
9448   }
9449 
9450   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9451   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9452   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9453   // an address space.
9454   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9455     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9456     // to be qualified with an address space.
9457     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9458       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9459       New->setInvalidDecl();
9460     }
9461   }
9462 
9463   return New;
9464 }
9465 
9466 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9467                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9468   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9469 
9470   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9471   // for a K&R function.
9472   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9473     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9474       --i;
9475       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == 0) {
9476         SmallString<256> Code;
9477         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
9478             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
9479         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9480             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
9481             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9482 
9483         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9484         // type.
9485         AttributeFactory attrs;
9486         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9487         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9488         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9489         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
9490                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9491         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9492         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9493         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9494         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9495         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9496         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9497       }
9498     }
9499   }
9500 }
9501 
9502 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9503   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9504   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9505   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9506 
9507   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9508   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9509   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9510 }
9511 
9512 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9513                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9514   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9515   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9516     return false;
9517 
9518   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9519   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9520     return false;
9521 
9522   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9523   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9524     return false;
9525 
9526   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9527   if (FD->isMain())
9528     return false;
9529 
9530   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9531   if (FD->isInlined())
9532     return false;
9533 
9534   // Don't warn about function templates.
9535   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9536     return false;
9537 
9538   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9539   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9540     return false;
9541 
9542   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9543   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9544     return false;
9545 
9546   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9547   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9548        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9549     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9550     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9551     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9552       continue;
9553 
9554     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9555     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9556       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9557     break;
9558   }
9559 
9560   return MissingPrototype;
9561 }
9562 
9563 void
9564 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9565                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9566   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9567   // was an extern inline function.
9568   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9569   if (!Definition)
9570     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9571       return;
9572 
9573   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9574     return;
9575 
9576   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9577       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9578     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9579         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9580   else
9581     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9582 
9583   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9584   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9585 }
9586 
9587 
9588 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9589                                    Sema &S) {
9590   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9591 
9592   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9593   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9594   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9595   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9596   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9597 
9598   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9599     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9600   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9601     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9602   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9603     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9604   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9605 
9606   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9607   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9608 
9609   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9610   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9611   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
9612     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
9613       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
9614       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9615         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9616       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9617       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9618       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9619           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
9620           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
9621                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9622           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0);
9623 
9624     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
9625       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
9626                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0);
9627     }
9628   }
9629 }
9630 
9631 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9632   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9633   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9634 
9635   if (!D)
9636     return D;
9637   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9638 
9639   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9640     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9641   else
9642     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9643   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9644   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9645   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9646   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9647   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9648   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9649   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9650   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9651   // have the LSI properly restored.
9652   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9653     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9654       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9655       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9656     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9657   }
9658   else
9659     // Enter a new function scope
9660     PushFunctionScope();
9661 
9662   // See if this is a redefinition.
9663   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9664     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9665 
9666   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9667   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9668     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9669         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9670       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9671       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9672     }
9673   }
9674 
9675   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9676   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9677   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9678   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9679       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9680       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9681                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9682     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9683 
9684   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9685   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9686   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9687   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9688   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9689   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9690   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9691     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9692 
9693     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9694       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9695       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9696       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9697               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9698         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9699         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9700           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9701                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9702             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9703             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9704       }
9705     }
9706   }
9707 
9708   if (FnBodyScope)
9709     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9710 
9711   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9712   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9713                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9714 
9715   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9716   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
9717     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9718 
9719     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9720     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9721       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9722 
9723       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9724     }
9725   }
9726 
9727   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9728   // introduce them into the function scope.
9729   if (FnBodyScope) {
9730     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9731              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9732              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9733          I != E; ++I) {
9734       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9735 
9736       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9737       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9738       // and reattach to the current context.
9739       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9740         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9741         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
9742           if (DI == D) {
9743             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9744             break;
9745           }
9746         }
9747         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9748         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9749       }
9750 
9751       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9752       if (!D->getName().empty())
9753         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9754 
9755       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9756       // accessible in this scope.
9757       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9758         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
9759           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9760       }
9761     }
9762   }
9763 
9764   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9765   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9766     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9767 
9768   // Checking attributes of current function definition
9769   // dllimport attribute.
9770   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9771   if (DA && (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9772     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9773     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9774     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9775         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9776       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9777            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9778         << DA;
9779       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9780       return D;
9781     }
9782   }
9783   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9784   // a function template).
9785   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9786   return D;
9787 }
9788 
9789 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9790 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9791 /// optimization.
9792 ///
9793 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9794 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9795 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9796 /// use the named return value optimization.
9797 ///
9798 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9799 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9800 /// the NRVO variable.
9801 ///
9802 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9803 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9804 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9805 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9806   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9807 
9808   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9809   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9810     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9811       return;
9812 
9813     if (!NRVOCandidate)
9814       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9815     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9816       return;
9817   }
9818 
9819   if (NRVOCandidate)
9820     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9821 }
9822 
9823 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
9824   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
9825   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9826     return false;
9827 
9828   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
9829   // return type (yet).
9830   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
9831     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
9832     // we can still delay parsing it.
9833     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
9834       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
9835       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
9836           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
9837         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
9838         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
9839       }
9840     }
9841     return false;
9842   }
9843 
9844   return true;
9845 }
9846 
9847 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9848   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9849   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9850   // rest of the file.
9851   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9852   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9853   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
9854     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9855       return false;
9856   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
9857 }
9858 
9859 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9860   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9861     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9862   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9863     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9864   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9865 }
9866 
9867 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9868   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9869 }
9870 
9871 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9872                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9873   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : 0;
9874 
9875   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9876   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9877 
9878   if (FD) {
9879     FD->setBody(Body);
9880 
9881     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9882         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9883       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9884       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9885       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9886       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9887         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9888             << FD->getReturnType();
9889         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9890       } else {
9891         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9892         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9893             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
9894         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9895             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9896       }
9897     }
9898 
9899     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9900     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9901     // is the first declaration.
9902     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9903       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9904         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9905       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9906                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9907                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9908         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9909     }
9910 
9911     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9912     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9913     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9914       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9915 
9916     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9917     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
9918     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
9919       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9920 
9921     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9922       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9923       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9924                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
9925 
9926       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9927       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9928         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9929 
9930       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9931       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9932       // to deduce an implicit return type.
9933       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
9934           !FD->isDependentContext())
9935         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9936     }
9937 
9938     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9939            "Function parsing confused");
9940   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9941     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9942     MD->setBody(Body);
9943     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9944       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9945       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9946                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
9947 
9948       if (Body)
9949         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9950     }
9951     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9952       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9953         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9954       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9955     }
9956     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
9957       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0;
9958       bool isDesignated =
9959           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
9960       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
9961       (void)isDesignated;
9962 
9963       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
9964         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
9965         if (!IFace)
9966           return false;
9967         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
9968         if (!SuperD)
9969           return false;
9970         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
9971             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
9972       };
9973       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
9974       // of NSObject.
9975       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
9976         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
9977              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
9978         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
9979              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
9980       }
9981       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
9982     }
9983     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
9984       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
9985       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
9986         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
9987       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
9988     }
9989   } else {
9990     return 0;
9991   }
9992 
9993   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9994          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9995          "handled in the block above.");
9996 
9997   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9998   if (Body) {
9999     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10000     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10001     // Verify this.
10002     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10003       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10004 
10005     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10006     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10007         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
10008         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
10009         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10010       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10011 
10012     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10013       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10014         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10015 
10016       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10017                                              Destructor->getParent());
10018     }
10019 
10020     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10021     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10022     // deletion in some later function.
10023     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10024         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10025       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10026     }
10027     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10028         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10029       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10030       // enabled.
10031       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10032     }
10033 
10034     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10035         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10036          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10037       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10038 
10039     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10040     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10041     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10042            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10043   }
10044 
10045   if (!IsInstantiation)
10046     PopDeclContext();
10047 
10048   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10049   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10050   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10051   // deletion in some later function.
10052   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10053     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10054   }
10055 
10056   return dcl;
10057 }
10058 
10059 
10060 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10061 /// relevant Decl.
10062 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10063                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10064   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10065   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10066     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10067   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10068 
10069   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10070     if (Method->isStatic())
10071       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10072 }
10073 
10074 
10075 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10076 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10077 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10078                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10079   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10080   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10081   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10082   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10083   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10084     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10085     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10086     return ExternCPrev;
10087   }
10088 
10089   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10090   unsigned diag_id;
10091   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10092     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10093   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10094     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10095   else
10096     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10097   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10098 
10099   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10100   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10101   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10102     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10103     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10104     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10105                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator,
10106                                       CTK_NonError)))
10107       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10108                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10109   }
10110 
10111   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10112   const char *Dummy;
10113   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10114   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10115   unsigned DiagID;
10116   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10117                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10118   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10119   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10120   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10121   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10122   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10123                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10124                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10125                                              /*Params=*/0,
10126                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10127                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10128                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10129                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10130                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10131                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10132                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10133                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10134                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10135                                              EST_None,
10136                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10137                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
10138                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
10139                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10140                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
10141                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10142                 DS.getAttributes(),
10143                 SourceLocation());
10144   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10145 
10146   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10147 
10148   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10149   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10150 
10151   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10152   FD->setImplicit();
10153 
10154   CurContext = PrevDC;
10155 
10156   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10157 
10158   return FD;
10159 }
10160 
10161 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10162 /// the declaration of this function.
10163 ///
10164 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10165 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10166 /// like NSLog or printf.
10167 ///
10168 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10169 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10170 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10171   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10172     return;
10173 
10174   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10175   // actual attributes.
10176   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10177     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10178     unsigned FormatIdx;
10179     bool HasVAListArg;
10180     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10181       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10182         const char *fmt = "printf";
10183         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10184         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10185             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10186           fmt = "NSString";
10187         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10188                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10189                                                FormatIdx+1,
10190                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10191                                                FD->getLocation()));
10192       }
10193     }
10194     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10195                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10196      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10197        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10198                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10199                                               FormatIdx+1,
10200                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10201                                               FD->getLocation()));
10202     }
10203 
10204     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10205     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10206     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10207     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10208         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10209       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10210         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10211     }
10212 
10213     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10214         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10215       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10216                                          FD->getLocation()));
10217     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10218       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10219     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10220       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10221   }
10222 
10223   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10224   if (!Name)
10225     return;
10226   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10227        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10228       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10229        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10230        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10231     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10232     // about.
10233   } else
10234     return;
10235 
10236   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10237     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10238     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10239     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10240       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10241                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10242                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10243                                              FD->getLocation()));
10244   }
10245 
10246   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10247     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10248     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10249     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10250       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10251                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10252   }
10253 }
10254 
10255 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10256                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10257   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10258   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10259 
10260   if (!TInfo) {
10261     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10262     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10263   }
10264 
10265   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10266   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10267                                            D.getLocStart(),
10268                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10269                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10270                                            TInfo);
10271 
10272   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10273   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10274     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10275     return NewTD;
10276   }
10277 
10278   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10279     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10280       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10281         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10282         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10283         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10284     else
10285       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10286   }
10287 
10288   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10289   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10290   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10291   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10292   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10293   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10294   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10295   case TST_enum:
10296   case TST_struct:
10297   case TST_interface:
10298   case TST_union:
10299   case TST_class: {
10300     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10301 
10302     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10303     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10304     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10305     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10306 
10307     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10308     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10309 
10310     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10311     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10312       break;
10313 
10314     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10315     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10316     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10317     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10318     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10319     // for how to handle it.
10320     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10321       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10322 
10323       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10324       tagLoc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc, 0, getSourceManager(),
10325                                           getLangOpts());
10326 
10327       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10328       textToInsert += ' ';
10329       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10330       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10331         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10332       break;
10333     }
10334 
10335     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10336     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10337     break;
10338   }
10339 
10340   default:
10341     break;
10342   }
10343 
10344   return NewTD;
10345 }
10346 
10347 
10348 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10349 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10350   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10351   QualType T = TI->getType();
10352 
10353   if (T->isDependentType())
10354     return false;
10355 
10356   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10357     if (BT->isInteger())
10358       return false;
10359 
10360   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10361   return true;
10362 }
10363 
10364 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10365 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10366 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10367                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10368                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10369   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10370 
10371   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10372     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10373       << Prev->isScoped();
10374     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10375     return true;
10376   }
10377 
10378   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10379     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10380         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10381         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10382                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10383       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10384       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10385         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10386       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10387           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10388       return true;
10389     }
10390   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10391     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10392       << Prev->isFixed();
10393     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10394     return true;
10395   }
10396 
10397   return false;
10398 }
10399 
10400 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10401 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10402 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10403 ///
10404 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10405 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10406   switch (Tag) {
10407   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10408   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10409   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10410   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10411   }
10412 }
10413 
10414 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10415 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10416 ///
10417 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10418 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10419 {
10420   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10421 }
10422 
10423 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10424 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10425 ///
10426 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10427 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10428                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10429                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10430                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10431   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10432   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10433   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10434   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10435   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10436   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10437   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10438   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10439   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10440   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10441   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10442   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10443   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10444   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10445   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10446     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10447       return true;
10448 
10449   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10450     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10451     bool isTemplate = false;
10452     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10453       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10454 
10455     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10456       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10457       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10458       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10459         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10460         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10461       return true;
10462     }
10463 
10464     if (isDefinition) {
10465       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10466       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10467       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10468         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10469         return true;
10470       }
10471 
10472       bool previousMismatch = false;
10473       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
10474         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10475           if (!previousMismatch) {
10476             previousMismatch = true;
10477             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10478               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10479               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10480           }
10481           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10482             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10483             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10484                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10485         }
10486       }
10487       return true;
10488     }
10489 
10490     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10491     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10492     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10493     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10494                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10495     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10496       return true;
10497     }
10498 
10499     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10500       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10501       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10502     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10503 
10504     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10505     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10506         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10507           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10508           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10509                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10510     }
10511 
10512     return true;
10513   }
10514   return false;
10515 }
10516 
10517 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10518 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10519 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10520 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10521 ///
10522 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10523 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10524 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10525                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10526                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10527                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10528                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10529                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10530                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10531                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10532                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10533                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10534                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10535   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10536   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10537   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10538          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10539   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10540 
10541   OwnedDecl = false;
10542   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10543   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10544 
10545   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10546   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10547   bool Invalid = false;
10548 
10549   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10550   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10551   // for non-C++ cases.
10552   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10553       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10554     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10555             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10556                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 0, TemplateParameterLists,
10557                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10558       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10559         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10560         return 0;
10561       }
10562 
10563       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10564         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10565         // be a member of another template).
10566 
10567         if (Invalid)
10568           return 0;
10569 
10570         OwnedDecl = false;
10571         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10572                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10573                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10574                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10575                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10576                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10577         return Result.get();
10578       } else {
10579         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10580         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10581           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10582         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10583       }
10584     }
10585   }
10586 
10587   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10588   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10589   // redeclaration.
10590   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10591 
10592   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10593     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10594       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10595       // type, default to int.
10596       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10597     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10598       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10599       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10600       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10601       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10602       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10603 
10604       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10605         // Recover by falling back to int.
10606         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10607 
10608       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10609                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10610         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10611 
10612     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10613       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10614       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10615   }
10616 
10617   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10618   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10619   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10620 
10621   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10622   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10623     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10624 
10625   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10626   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10627   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10628     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10629 
10630     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10631     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10632       Name = 0;
10633       goto CreateNewDecl;
10634     }
10635 
10636     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10637     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10638     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10639       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10640       if (!DC) {
10641         IsDependent = true;
10642         return 0;
10643       }
10644     } else {
10645       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10646       if (!DC) {
10647         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10648           << SS.getRange();
10649         return 0;
10650       }
10651     }
10652 
10653     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10654       return 0;
10655 
10656     SearchDC = DC;
10657     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10658     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10659 
10660     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10661       return 0;
10662 
10663     if (Previous.empty()) {
10664       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10665       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10666       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10667       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10668       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10669       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10670       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10671           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10672         IsDependent = true;
10673         return 0;
10674       }
10675 
10676       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10677       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10678         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10679       Name = 0;
10680       Invalid = true;
10681       goto CreateNewDecl;
10682     }
10683   } else if (Name) {
10684     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10685     // declaration or definition.
10686     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10687     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10688     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10689     LookupName(Previous, S);
10690 
10691     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10692     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10693     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10694         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10695       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10696       while (F.hasNext()) {
10697         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10698         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10699           F.erase();
10700       }
10701       F.done();
10702     }
10703 
10704     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10705     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10706     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10707     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10708     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10709     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10710     //
10711     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10712     // semantic context?
10713     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10714       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10715       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10716       while (F.hasNext()) {
10717         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10718         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10719         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10720             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10721           F.erase();
10722           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10723         }
10724       }
10725       F.done();
10726     }
10727 
10728     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10729     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10730       return 0;
10731 
10732     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10733       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10734       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10735       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10736       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10737       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10738         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10739     }
10740   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10741     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10742     // initial context to the translation unit.
10743     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10744     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10745   }
10746 
10747   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10748       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10749     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10750     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10751     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10752     Previous.clear();
10753   }
10754 
10755   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10756       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10757     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10758     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10759 
10760     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10761       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10762       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10763       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10764       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10765     }
10766   }
10767 
10768   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10769   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10770   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10771   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10772   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10773       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10774     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10775     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10776 
10777     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10778       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10779       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10780       //
10781       //          class-key identifier
10782       //
10783       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10784       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10785       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10786       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10787       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10788       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10789       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10790       //      declaration.
10791       //
10792       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10793       // C structs and unions.
10794       //
10795       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10796       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10797       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10798       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10799       //
10800       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10801       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10802       //
10803       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10804       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10805       // lexical context,
10806       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10807         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10808 
10809       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10810       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10811              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10812               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10813              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10814              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10815         S = S->getParent();
10816     } else {
10817       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10818       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10819       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10820       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10821       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10822       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10823     }
10824 
10825     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10826     // diagnose some problems.
10827     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10828       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10829       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10830     }
10831   }
10832 
10833   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10834     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10835     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
10836         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
10837 
10838     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10839     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10840     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10841     // in C++.
10842     //
10843     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10844     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10845     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10846     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10847     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10848       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10849         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10850           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10851           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10852               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10853                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10854             PrevDecl = Tag;
10855             Previous.clear();
10856             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10857             Previous.resolveKind();
10858           }
10859         }
10860       }
10861     }
10862 
10863     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10864       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10865       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10866       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10867       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10868           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10869                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10870         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10871         // struct or something similar.
10872         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10873                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10874                                           *Name)) {
10875           bool SafeToContinue
10876             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10877                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10878           if (SafeToContinue)
10879             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10880               << Name
10881               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10882                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10883           else
10884             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10885           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10886 
10887           if (SafeToContinue)
10888             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10889           else {
10890             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10891             Name = 0;
10892             Previous.clear();
10893             Invalid = true;
10894           }
10895         }
10896 
10897         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10898           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10899 
10900           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10901           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10902           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10903             if (ScopedEnum)
10904               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10905                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10906                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10907             return PrevTagDecl;
10908           }
10909 
10910           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10911           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10912             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10913           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10914             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10915 
10916           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10917           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10918           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10919           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10920                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10921             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10922         }
10923 
10924         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10925         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10926         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10927         //   and then later defined.
10928         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10929             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10930           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10931           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10932         }
10933 
10934         if (!Invalid) {
10935           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10936 
10937           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10938           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10939           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10940           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10941           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10942                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10943             return PrevTagDecl;
10944 
10945           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10946           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10947             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10948               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10949               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10950               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10951               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10952               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10953                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10954                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10955                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10956                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10957                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10958                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10959                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10960                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10961               }
10962 
10963               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10964                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10965                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10966                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10967                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10968                 else
10969                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10970                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10971                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10972                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10973                 // references get the previous definition.
10974                 Name = 0;
10975                 Previous.clear();
10976                 Invalid = true;
10977               }
10978             } else {
10979               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10980               // about a nested redefinition.
10981               const TagType *Tag
10982                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10983               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10984                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10985                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10986                      diag::note_previous_definition);
10987                 Name = 0;
10988                 Previous.clear();
10989                 Invalid = true;
10990               }
10991             }
10992 
10993             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10994             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10995           }
10996         }
10997         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10998         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
10999 
11000       } else {
11001         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11002         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11003         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11004         // have distinct types.
11005         Previous.clear();
11006       }
11007       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11008       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11009       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11010 
11011 
11012     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11013     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11014     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11015     } else {
11016       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11017       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11018       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11019       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11020           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11021         unsigned Kind = 0;
11022         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11023         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11024         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11025         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11026         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11027         Invalid = true;
11028 
11029       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11030       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11031                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11032         // do nothing
11033 
11034       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11035       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11036         unsigned Kind = 0;
11037         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11038         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11039         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11040         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11041         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11042         Invalid = true;
11043 
11044       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11045       // case here.
11046       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11047         unsigned Kind = 0;
11048         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11049         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11050           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11051         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11052         Invalid = true;
11053 
11054       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11055       } else {
11056         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11057         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11058         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11059         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11060         Name = 0;
11061         Invalid = true;
11062       }
11063 
11064       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11065       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11066       Previous.clear();
11067     }
11068   }
11069 
11070 CreateNewDecl:
11071 
11072   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11073   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11074     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11075 
11076   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11077   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11078   // keyword.
11079   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11080 
11081   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11082   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11083   // PrevDecl.
11084   TagDecl *New;
11085 
11086   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11087   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11088     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11089     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11090     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11091                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11092                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11093     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11094     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11095       TagDecl *Def;
11096       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11097           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11098         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11099         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11100       }
11101       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11102         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11103           << New;
11104         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11105       } else {
11106         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11107         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11108           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11109         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11110           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11111         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11112 
11113         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11114         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11115         // the declaration context.
11116         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11117           IsForwardReference = true;
11118       }
11119     }
11120 
11121     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11122       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11123       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11124         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11125       else
11126         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11127       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11128     }
11129 
11130   } else {
11131     // struct/union/class
11132 
11133     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11134     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11135     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11136       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11137       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11138                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11139 
11140       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11141         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11142     } else
11143       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11144                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11145   }
11146 
11147   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11148   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11149   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11150     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11151       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11152     Invalid = true;
11153   }
11154 
11155   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11156   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11157     if (SS.isSet()) {
11158       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11159       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11160       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11161       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11162       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11163       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11164           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11165           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11166         Invalid = true;
11167 
11168       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11169       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11170         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11171                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11172                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11173       }
11174     }
11175     else
11176       Invalid = true;
11177   }
11178 
11179   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11180     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11181     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11182     //
11183     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11184     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11185     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11186     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11187     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11188     // parsing of the struct).
11189     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11190       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11191       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11192     }
11193   }
11194 
11195   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11196     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11197       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11198         << 2
11199         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11200     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11201     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11202     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11203     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11204       New->setModulePrivate();
11205   }
11206 
11207   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11208   // check the specialization.
11209   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11210     Invalid = true;
11211 
11212   if (Invalid)
11213     New->setInvalidDecl();
11214 
11215   if (Attr)
11216     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11217 
11218   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11219   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11220   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11221   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11222       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11223     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11224     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11225   }
11226 
11227   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11228   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11229   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11230 
11231   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11232   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11233   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11234   // the tag name visible.
11235   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11236     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
11237                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
11238 
11239   // Set the access specifier.
11240   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11241     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11242 
11243   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11244     New->startDefinition();
11245 
11246   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11247   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11248     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11249     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11250     if (PrevDecl)
11251       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11252 
11253     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11254     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11255     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11256       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11257         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11258   } else if (Name) {
11259     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11260     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11261     if (IsForwardReference)
11262       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11263 
11264   } else {
11265     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11266   }
11267 
11268   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11269   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11270     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11271         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11272         II->isStr("FILE"))
11273       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11274 
11275   if (PrevDecl)
11276     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11277 
11278   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11279   // record.
11280   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11281 
11282   OwnedDecl = true;
11283   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11284   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11285   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
11286 }
11287 
11288 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11289   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11290   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11291 
11292   // Enter the tag context.
11293   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11294 
11295   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11296 
11297   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11298   // record.
11299   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11300 }
11301 
11302 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11303   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11304          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11305   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11306   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11307       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11308   CurContext = OCD;
11309   return IDecl;
11310 }
11311 
11312 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11313                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11314                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11315                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11316   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11317   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11318 
11319   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11320 
11321   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11322     return;
11323 
11324   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11325     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11326                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11327 
11328   // C++ [class]p2:
11329   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11330   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11331   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11332   //   as if it were a public member name.
11333   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11334     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11335                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11336                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11337                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
11338                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11339   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11340   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11341   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11342   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11343       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11344   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11345   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11346          "Broken injected-class-name");
11347 }
11348 
11349 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11350                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11351   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11352   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11353   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11354 
11355   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11356   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11357     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11358     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11359       RD->completeDefinition();
11360   }
11361 
11362   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11363     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11364 
11365   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11366   PopDeclContext();
11367 
11368   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11369       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11370     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11371 
11372   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11373   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11374     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11375 }
11376 
11377 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11378   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11379   PopDeclContext();
11380 }
11381 
11382 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11383   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11384   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11385   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11386 }
11387 
11388 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11389   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11390   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
11391 }
11392 
11393 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11394   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11395   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11396   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11397 
11398   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11399   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11400     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11401       RD->completeDefinition();
11402   }
11403 
11404   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11405   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11406   // the FieldCollector.
11407 
11408   PopDeclContext();
11409 }
11410 
11411 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11412 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11413                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11414                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11415                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11416   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11417   if (ZeroWidth)
11418     *ZeroWidth = true;
11419 
11420   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11421   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11422   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11423     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11424     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11425       return ExprError();
11426     if (FieldName)
11427       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11428         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11429     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11430       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11431   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11432                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11433     return ExprError();
11434 
11435   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11436   // it now.
11437   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11438     return Owned(BitWidth);
11439 
11440   llvm::APSInt Value;
11441   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11442   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11443     return ICE;
11444   BitWidth = ICE.take();
11445 
11446   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11447     *ZeroWidth = false;
11448 
11449   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11450   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11451     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11452 
11453   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11454     if (FieldName)
11455       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11456                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11457     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11458       << Value.toString(10);
11459   }
11460 
11461   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11462     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11463     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11464       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11465           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11466         if (FieldName)
11467           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11468             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11469             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11470 
11471         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11472           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11473       }
11474 
11475       if (FieldName)
11476         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11477           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11478           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11479       else
11480         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11481           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11482     }
11483   }
11484 
11485   return Owned(BitWidth);
11486 }
11487 
11488 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11489 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11490 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11491                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11492   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11493                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11494                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11495   return Res;
11496 }
11497 
11498 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11499 ///
11500 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11501                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11502                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11503                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11504                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11505   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11506   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11507   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11508 
11509   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11510   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11511   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11512     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11513 
11514     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11515                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11516       D.setInvalidType();
11517       T = Context.IntTy;
11518       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11519     }
11520   }
11521 
11522   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11523   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11524     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11525     D.setInvalidType();
11526   }
11527 
11528   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11529   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11530   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11531     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11532     D.setInvalidType();
11533   }
11534 
11535   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11536 
11537   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11538     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11539          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11540       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11541 
11542   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11543   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11544   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11545   LookupName(Previous, S);
11546   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11547     case LookupResult::Found:
11548     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11549       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11550       break;
11551 
11552     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11553       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11554       break;
11555 
11556     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11557     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11558     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11559       break;
11560   }
11561   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11562 
11563   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11564     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11565     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11566     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11567     PrevDecl = 0;
11568   }
11569 
11570   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11571     PrevDecl = 0;
11572 
11573   bool Mutable
11574     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11575   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11576   FieldDecl *NewFD
11577     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11578                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11579 
11580   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11581     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11582 
11583   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11584     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11585 
11586   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11587     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11588     // with the same name in the same scope.
11589   } else if (II) {
11590     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11591   } else
11592     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11593 
11594   return NewFD;
11595 }
11596 
11597 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11598 ///
11599 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11600 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11601 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11602 /// created.
11603 ///
11604 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11605 ///
11606 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11607 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11608                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11609                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11610                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11611                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11612                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11613                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11614                                 Declarator *D) {
11615   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11616   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11617   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11618 
11619   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11620   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11621   if (T.isNull()) {
11622     InvalidDecl = true;
11623     T = Context.IntTy;
11624   }
11625 
11626   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11627   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11628     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11629       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11630       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11631       InvalidDecl = true;
11632     } else {
11633       NamedDecl *Def;
11634       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11635       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11636         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11637         InvalidDecl = true;
11638       }
11639     }
11640   }
11641 
11642   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11643   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11644     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11645     InvalidDecl = true;
11646   }
11647 
11648   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11649   // than a variably modified type.
11650   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11651     bool SizeIsNegative;
11652     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11653 
11654     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11655       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11656                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11657                                                     Oversized);
11658     if (FixedTInfo) {
11659       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11660       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11661       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11662     } else {
11663       if (SizeIsNegative)
11664         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11665       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11666         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11667           << Oversized.toString(10);
11668       else
11669         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11670       InvalidDecl = true;
11671     }
11672   }
11673 
11674   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11675   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11676                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11677                                              AbstractFieldType))
11678     InvalidDecl = true;
11679 
11680   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11681   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11682   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11683     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11684                               &ZeroWidth).take();
11685     if (!BitWidth) {
11686       InvalidDecl = true;
11687       BitWidth = 0;
11688       ZeroWidth = false;
11689     }
11690   }
11691 
11692   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11693   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11694     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11695     if (T->isReferenceType())
11696       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11697     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11698       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11699 
11700     if (DiagID) {
11701       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11702       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11703         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11704       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11705       Mutable = false;
11706       InvalidDecl = true;
11707     }
11708   }
11709 
11710   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
11711   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
11712   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
11713   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
11714     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
11715 
11716   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11717                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11718   if (InvalidDecl)
11719     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11720 
11721   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11722     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11723     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11724     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11725   }
11726 
11727   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11728     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11729       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11730         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11731         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11732           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11733           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11734           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11735           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11736           // objects.
11737           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11738             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11739         }
11740       }
11741 
11742       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11743       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11744       // enabled.
11745       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11746         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11747                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11748                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11749           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11750         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11751           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11752       }
11753     }
11754   }
11755 
11756   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11757   // representation, not a parser representation.
11758   if (D) {
11759     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11760     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11761 
11762     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11763       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11764   }
11765 
11766   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11767   // retainable type.
11768   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11769     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11770 
11771   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11772     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11773 
11774   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11775   return NewFD;
11776 }
11777 
11778 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11779   assert(FD);
11780   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11781 
11782   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11783     return false;
11784 
11785   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11786   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11787     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11788     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11789       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11790       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11791       // copy constructors.
11792 
11793       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11794       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11795       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11796       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11797       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11798       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11799       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11800         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11801       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11802         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11803       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11804         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11805       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11806         member = CXXDestructor;
11807 
11808       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11809         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11810             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11811           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11812           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11813           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11814           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11815           // members unavailable.
11816           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11817           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11818             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11819               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11820                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
11821                                   Loc));
11822             return false;
11823           }
11824         }
11825 
11826         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11827                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11828                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11829           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11830         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11831         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11832       }
11833     }
11834   }
11835 
11836   return false;
11837 }
11838 
11839 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11840 ///  AST enum value.
11841 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11842 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11843   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11844   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11845   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11846   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11847   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11848   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11849   }
11850 }
11851 
11852 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11853 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11854 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11855                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11856                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11857                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11858 
11859   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11860   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11861   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11862   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11863 
11864   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11865   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11866 
11867   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11868   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11869 
11870   if (BitWidth) {
11871     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11872     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take();
11873     if (!BitWidth)
11874       D.setInvalidType();
11875   } else {
11876     // Not a bitfield.
11877 
11878     // validate II.
11879 
11880   }
11881   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11882     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11883     D.setInvalidType();
11884   }
11885   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11886   // than a variably modified type.
11887   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11888     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11889     D.setInvalidType();
11890   }
11891 
11892   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11893   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11894     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11895                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11896   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11897   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11898   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11899     return 0;
11900   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11901   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11902       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11903     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11904     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11905       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11906       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11907     }
11908     else
11909       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11910   } else {
11911     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11912         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11913       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11914         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11915         return 0;
11916       }
11917     }
11918     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11919   }
11920 
11921   // Construct the decl.
11922   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11923                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11924                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11925 
11926   if (II) {
11927     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11928                                            ForRedeclaration);
11929     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11930         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11931       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11932       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11933       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11934     }
11935   }
11936 
11937   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11938   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11939 
11940   if (D.isInvalidType())
11941     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11942 
11943   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11944   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11945     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11946 
11947   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11948     NewID->setModulePrivate();
11949 
11950   if (II) {
11951     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11952     // these to the interface.
11953     S->AddDecl(NewID);
11954     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11955   }
11956 
11957   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11958       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11959     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11960 
11961   return NewID;
11962 }
11963 
11964 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11965 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11966 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11967 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11968 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11969                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11970   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11971     return;
11972 
11973   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11974   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11975 
11976   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11977     return;
11978   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11979   if (!ID) {
11980     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11981       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11982         return;
11983     }
11984     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11985     else
11986       return;
11987   }
11988   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11989   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11990   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11991 
11992   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11993                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11994                               Context.CharTy,
11995                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11996                                                                DeclLoc),
11997                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11998                               true);
11999   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12000 }
12001 
12002 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12003                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12004                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12005   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12006 
12007   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12008   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12009   // it will now change.
12010   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12011     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12012     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12013     default: break;
12014     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12015       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12016       break;
12017     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12018       Context.
12019         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12020       break;
12021     }
12022   }
12023 
12024   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12025 
12026   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12027   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12028   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12029   if (Record) {
12030     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12031       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12032         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12033           ++NumNamedMembers;
12034     }
12035   }
12036 
12037   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12038   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12039 
12040   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12041   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12042        i != end; ++i) {
12043     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12044 
12045     // Get the type for the field.
12046     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12047 
12048     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12049       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12050       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12051     }
12052 
12053     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12054     // diagnostics about it.
12055     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12056       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12057       continue;
12058     }
12059 
12060     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12061     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12062     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12063     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12064     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12065     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12066     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12067     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12068     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12069     //   array.
12070     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12071       // Field declared as a function.
12072       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12073         << FD->getDeclName();
12074       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12075       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12076       continue;
12077     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12078                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12079                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12080                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12081                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12082       // Flexible array member.
12083       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12084       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12085       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12086       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12087       if (Record->isUnion())
12088         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12089                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12090                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12091                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12092                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12093       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12094         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12095                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12096                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12097                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12098                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12099                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12100                                  : 0;
12101 
12102       if (DiagID)
12103         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12104                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12105       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12106       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12107       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12108       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12109       // of the type.
12110       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12111         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12112           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12113             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12114       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12115         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12116           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12117 
12118       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12119       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12120       //
12121       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12122       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12123       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12124       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12125         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12126           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12127         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12128         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12129         continue;
12130       }
12131       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12132       if (Record)
12133         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12134     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12135                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12136                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12137       // Incomplete type
12138       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12139       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12140       continue;
12141     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12142       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12143         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
12144         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
12145           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12146         } else {
12147           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12148           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12149           // structures.
12150           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12151             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12152               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12153           else {
12154             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12155             // other structs as an extension.
12156             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12157               << FD->getDeclName();
12158             if (Record)
12159               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12160           }
12161         }
12162       }
12163       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12164           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12165                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12166                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12167         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12168         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12169       }
12170       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12171         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12172       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12173         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12174     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12175       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12176       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12177         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12178       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12179       FD->setType(T);
12180     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12181                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12182       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12183       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12184       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12185       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12186       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12187       QualType T = FD->getType();
12188       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12189       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12190         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12191         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12192           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12193             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12194                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12195                               loc));
12196           }
12197         } else {
12198           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12199             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12200         }
12201         ARCErrReported = true;
12202       }
12203     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12204                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12205                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12206       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12207           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12208         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12209       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12210         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12211         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12212             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12213           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12214         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12215                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12216                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12217       }
12218     }
12219     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12220       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12221     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12222     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12223       ++NumNamedMembers;
12224   }
12225 
12226   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12227   if (Record) {
12228     bool Completed = false;
12229     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12230       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12231         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12232         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12233                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12234                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12235           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12236 
12237         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12238           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12239             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12240             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12241               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12242                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12243           }
12244 
12245           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12246           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12247 
12248           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12249           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12250           // problem now.
12251           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12252             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12253             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12254 
12255             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12256                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12257                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12258               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12259                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12260                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12261                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12262                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12263                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12264                   continue;
12265 
12266                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12267                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12268                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12269                 //   program is ill-formed.
12270                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12271                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12272                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12273                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12274                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12275                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12276                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12277                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12278                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12279                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12280 
12281                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12282               }
12283             }
12284             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12285             Completed = true;
12286           }
12287         }
12288       }
12289     }
12290 
12291     if (!Completed)
12292       Record->completeDefinition();
12293 
12294     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12295       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12296 
12297       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12298         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12299                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12300                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12301     }
12302 
12303     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12304     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12305     // compatibility problems.
12306     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12307     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12308       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12309     } else {
12310       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12311       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12312       CheckForZeroSize =
12313           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12314           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12315           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12316     }
12317     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12318       bool ZeroSize = true;
12319       bool IsEmpty = true;
12320       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12321       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12322                                       E = Record->field_end();
12323            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12324         IsEmpty = false;
12325         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12326           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12327             ZeroSize = false;
12328         } else {
12329           ++NonBitFields;
12330           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12331           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12332               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12333             ZeroSize = false;
12334         }
12335       }
12336 
12337       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12338       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12339       // extern "C" block.
12340       if (ZeroSize) {
12341         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12342                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12343                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12344           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12345       }
12346 
12347       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12348       // but are accepted by GCC.
12349       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12350         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12351                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12352           << Record->isUnion();
12353       }
12354     }
12355   } else {
12356     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12357       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12358     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12359       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12360       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12361       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12362         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12363         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12364       }
12365       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12366       // duplicates.
12367       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12368         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12369     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12370                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12371       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12372       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12373         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12374         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12375         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12376       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12377       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12378       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12379     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12380                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12381       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12382       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12383       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12384       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12385       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12386       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12387       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12388       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12389         if (IDecl) {
12390           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12391               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12392             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12393                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12394             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12395             continue;
12396           }
12397           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12398             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12399                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12400               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12401                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12402               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12403               continue;
12404             }
12405           }
12406         }
12407         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12408         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12409       }
12410       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12411       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12412     }
12413   }
12414 
12415   if (Attr)
12416     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12417 }
12418 
12419 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12420 /// the given type T.
12421 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12422                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12423                                         QualType T) {
12424   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12425   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12426 
12427   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12428     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12429       --BitWidth;
12430     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12431   }
12432   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12433 }
12434 
12435 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12436 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12437 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12438   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12439   // enum checking below.
12440   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12441   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12442   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12443     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12444   };
12445   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12446     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12447     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12448   };
12449 
12450   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12451   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12452                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12453   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12454     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12455       return Types[I];
12456 
12457   return QualType();
12458 }
12459 
12460 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12461                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12462                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12463                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12464                                           Expr *Val) {
12465   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12466   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12467   QualType EltTy;
12468 
12469   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12470     Val = 0;
12471 
12472   if (Val)
12473     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12474 
12475   if (Val) {
12476     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12477       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12478     else {
12479       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12480       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12481           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12482         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12483         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12484         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12485         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12486         ExprResult Converted =
12487           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12488                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12489         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12490           Val = 0;
12491         else
12492           Val = Converted.take();
12493       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12494                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12495                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
12496         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12497       } else {
12498         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12499           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12500 
12501           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12502           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12503           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12504           // expression checking.
12505           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12506             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12507               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12508               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12509             } else
12510               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12511           } else
12512             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12513         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12514           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12515           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12516           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12517           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12518           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12519           EltTy = Val->getType();
12520         } else {
12521           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12522           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12523           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12524           //   representable as an int.
12525 
12526           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12527           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12528             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12529               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12530               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12531           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12532             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12533             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12534           }
12535           EltTy = Val->getType();
12536         }
12537       }
12538     }
12539   }
12540 
12541   if (!Val) {
12542     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12543       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12544     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12545       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12546       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12547       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12548       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12549       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12550       //
12551       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12552       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12553       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12554         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12555       }
12556       else {
12557         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12558       }
12559     } else {
12560       // Assign the last value + 1.
12561       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12562       ++EnumVal;
12563       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12564 
12565       // Check for overflow on increment.
12566       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12567         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12568         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12569         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12570         //
12571         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12572         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12573         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12574         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12575         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12576         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12577         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12578         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12579           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12580           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12581           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12582           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12583           ++EnumVal;
12584           if (Enum->isFixed())
12585             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12586             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12587               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12588               << EltTy;
12589           else
12590             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
12591               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12592         } else {
12593           EltTy = T;
12594         }
12595 
12596         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12597         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12598         // value, then increment.
12599         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12600         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12601         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12602         ++EnumVal;
12603 
12604         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12605         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12606         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12607         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12608         // integral type.
12609         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12610           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12611       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12612                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12613         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12614         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12615           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12616       }
12617     }
12618   }
12619 
12620   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12621     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12622     // enumerator's type.
12623     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12624     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12625   }
12626 
12627   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12628                                   Val, EnumVal);
12629 }
12630 
12631 
12632 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12633                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12634                               AttributeList *Attr,
12635                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12636   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12637   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12638     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12639 
12640   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12641   // we find one that is.
12642   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12643 
12644   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12645   // scope.
12646   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12647                                          ForRedeclaration);
12648   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12649     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12650     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12651     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12652     PrevDecl = 0;
12653   }
12654 
12655   if (PrevDecl) {
12656     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12657     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12658     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12659            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12660     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12661       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12662         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12663       else
12664         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12665       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12666       return 0;
12667     }
12668   }
12669 
12670   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12671   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12672   // different from T:
12673   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12674   // enumerated type
12675   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12676                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12677                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12678     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12679         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12680       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12681 
12682   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12683     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12684 
12685   if (New) {
12686     // Process attributes.
12687     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12688 
12689     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12690     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12691     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12692   }
12693 
12694   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12695 
12696   return New;
12697 }
12698 
12699 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12700 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12701 // Element2 = Element1
12702 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12703 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12704 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12705 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12706   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12707   if (!InitExpr)
12708     return true;
12709   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12710 
12711   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12712     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12713       return true;
12714     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12715     if (!IL)
12716       return true;
12717     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12718       return true;
12719 
12720     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12721   }
12722 
12723   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12724   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12725   if (!DRE)
12726     return true;
12727 
12728   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12729   if (!EnumConstant)
12730     return true;
12731 
12732   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12733       Enum)
12734     return true;
12735 
12736   return false;
12737 }
12738 
12739 struct DupKey {
12740   int64_t val;
12741   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12742   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12743     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12744 };
12745 
12746 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12747   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12748                 false);
12749 }
12750 
12751 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12752   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12753   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12754   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12755     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12756   }
12757   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12758     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12759            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12760   }
12761 };
12762 
12763 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12764 // a previous element has already been set to.
12765 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12766                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12767                                         QualType EnumType) {
12768   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12769                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12770       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12771     return;
12772   // Avoid anonymous enums
12773   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12774     return;
12775 
12776   // Only check for small enums.
12777   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12778     return;
12779 
12780   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12781   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12782 
12783   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12784   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12785           ValueToVectorMap;
12786 
12787   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12788   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12789 
12790   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12791   // an initialier.
12792   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12793     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12794 
12795     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12796     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12797     if (!ECD) {
12798       return;
12799     }
12800 
12801     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12802       continue;
12803 
12804     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12805     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12806 
12807     // First time encountering this value.
12808     if (Entry.isNull())
12809       Entry = ECD;
12810   }
12811 
12812   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12813   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12814     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12815     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12816       continue;
12817 
12818     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12819 
12820     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12821     if (Entry.isNull())
12822       continue;
12823 
12824     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12825       // Ensure constants are different.
12826       if (D == ECD)
12827         continue;
12828 
12829       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12830       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12831       Vec->push_back(D);
12832       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12833 
12834       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12835       Entry = Vec;
12836 
12837       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12838       // diagnostics.
12839       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12840       continue;
12841     }
12842 
12843     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12844     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12845     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12846       continue;
12847 
12848     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12849   }
12850 
12851   // Emit diagnostics.
12852   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12853                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12854        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12855     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12856     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12857 
12858     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12859     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12860     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12861       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12862       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12863     ++I;
12864 
12865     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12866     // the same value.
12867     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12868       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12869         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12870         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12871     delete Vec;
12872   }
12873 }
12874 
12875 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12876                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12877                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12878                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12879   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12880   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12881 
12882   if (Attr)
12883     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12884 
12885   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12886     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12887       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12888         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12889       if (!ECD) continue;
12890 
12891       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12892     }
12893 
12894     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12895     return;
12896   }
12897 
12898   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12899   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12900   // emit a warning.
12901   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12902   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12903   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12904 
12905   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12906   // reverse the list.
12907   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12908   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12909 
12910   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12911   bool AllElementsInt = true;
12912 
12913   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12914     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12915       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12916     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12917 
12918     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12919 
12920     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12921     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12922       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12923                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12924     else
12925       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12926                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12927 
12928     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12929     if (AllElementsInt)
12930       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12931   }
12932 
12933   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12934   QualType BestType;
12935   unsigned BestWidth;
12936 
12937   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12938   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12939   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12940   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
12941   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12942   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12943   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
12944   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12945   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12946   QualType BestPromotionType;
12947 
12948   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
12949   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12950   // enum definitions.
12951   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12952     Packed = true;
12953 
12954   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12955     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12956     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12957       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12958     else
12959       BestPromotionType = BestType;
12960     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12961     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12962     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12963     BestWidth = CharWidth;
12964   }
12965   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12966     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12967     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12968     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12969     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12970       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12971       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12972     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12973                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12974       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12975       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12976     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12977       BestType = Context.IntTy;
12978       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12979     } else {
12980       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12981 
12982       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12983         BestType = Context.LongTy;
12984       } else {
12985         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12986 
12987         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12988           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
12989         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12990       }
12991     }
12992     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12993   } else {
12994     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12995     // all of the enumerator values.
12996     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12997     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12998       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12999       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13000       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13001     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13002       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13003       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13004       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13005     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13006       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13007       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13008       BestPromotionType
13009         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13010                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13011     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13012                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13013       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13014       BestPromotionType
13015         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13016                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13017     } else {
13018       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13019       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13020              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13021       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13022       BestPromotionType
13023         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13024                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13025     }
13026   }
13027 
13028   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13029   // the type of the enum if needed.
13030   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13031     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13032     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13033 
13034     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13035     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13036     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13037     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13038     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13039 
13040     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13041     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13042 
13043     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13044     // the enum decl type.
13045     QualType NewTy;
13046     unsigned NewWidth;
13047     bool NewSign;
13048     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13049         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13050         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13051       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13052       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13053       NewSign = true;
13054     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13055       // Already the right type!
13056       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13057         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13058         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13059         // enumeration.
13060         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13061       continue;
13062     } else {
13063       NewTy = BestType;
13064       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13065       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13066     }
13067 
13068     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13069     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13070     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13071     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13072 
13073     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13074     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13075         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13076       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13077                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13078                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13079                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
13080                                                 VK_RValue));
13081     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13082       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13083       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13084       // enumeration.
13085       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13086     else
13087       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13088   }
13089 
13090   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13091                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13092 
13093   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13094 
13095   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13096   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13097     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13098 }
13099 
13100 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13101                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13102                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13103   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13104 
13105   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13106                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13107                                                    EndLoc);
13108   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13109   return New;
13110 }
13111 
13112 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13113                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13114                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13115   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13116     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13117     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13118       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13119         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13120           << M->getFullModuleName();
13121         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13122         return;
13123       }
13124       break;
13125     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13126       break;
13127     }
13128     DC = LSD->getParent();
13129   }
13130 
13131   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13132     DC = DC->getParent();
13133   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13134     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13135       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13136     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13137            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13138       << DC;
13139   }
13140 }
13141 
13142 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13143                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13144                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13145   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
13146                                                 Module::AllVisible,
13147                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13148   if (!Mod)
13149     return true;
13150 
13151   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13152 
13153   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13154   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13155   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13156     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13157     // We need the length to be consistent.
13158     if (!ModCheck)
13159       break;
13160     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13161 
13162     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13163   }
13164 
13165   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13166                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13167                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13168                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13169   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13170   return Import;
13171 }
13172 
13173 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13174   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13175 
13176   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13177   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13178                                          /*Complain=*/true);
13179 }
13180 
13181 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
13182   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13183   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13184   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13185                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13186   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13187   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13188 
13189   // Make the module visible.
13190   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13191                                          /*Complain=*/false);
13192 }
13193 
13194 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13195                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13196                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13197                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13198                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13199   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13200                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13201   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13202                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13203 
13204   if (PrevDecl)
13205     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13206   else
13207     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13208       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13209 }
13210 
13211 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13212                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13213                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13214   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13215 
13216   if (PrevDecl) {
13217     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13218   } else {
13219     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13220       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13221         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
13222   }
13223 }
13224 
13225 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13226                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13227                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13228                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13229                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13230   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13231                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13232   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13233 
13234   if (PrevDecl) {
13235     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13236       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13237         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13238   } else {
13239     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13240       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13241   }
13242 }
13243 
13244 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13245   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13246 }
13247 
13248 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13249   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13250   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13251   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13252   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13253   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13254   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13255   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13256     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13257     if (R != AR_Available)
13258       return R;
13259     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13260   }
13261   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13262   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13263   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13264             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13265     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13266   }
13267   return D->getAvailability();
13268 }
13269